<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=219jondn</id>
	<title>Joomla! Documentation - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=219jondn"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/Special:Contributions/219jondn"/>
	<updated>2026-07-09T21:18:59Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.0</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Adding_custom_fields_to_core_components_using_a_plugin&amp;diff=208855</id>
		<title>Adding custom fields to core components using a plugin</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Adding_custom_fields_to_core_components_using_a_plugin&amp;diff=208855"/>
		<updated>2015-07-27T14:44:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;219jondn: updated frontend editing with correct code. Updated language to be for com_contact instead of com_content, consistent with the rest of the article. Added line to switch between com_contact and com_content&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Have you ever wished that there was an extra phone number field in com_contact or needed an extra field for articles in com_content? Joomla! provides a straight-forward way of integrating new fields with core components such as these. All it takes to achieve this is a simple content plugin and a layout override in your template.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This article shows how to add an extra field to a core component using the example of adding an additional email address to contacts in com_contact. If you need to add custom fields to com_content for your Joomla articles, simply change any references to &amp;quot;contact&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;content&amp;quot; in the code below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding a Custom Field== &amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is recommended that you first read [[S:MyLanguage/Creating a Plugin for Joomla|Creating a Plugin for Joomla!]] for details on how to create and install a plugin, which is not covered here.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To add a field to a system component you need to create a content plugin which picks up the onContentPrepareForm event and inserts its own fields into the given JForm. The following code is for Joomla 3.1 and later. For Joomla! 2.5, the language files need to be loaded in the constructor (see [[S:MyLanguage/J2.5:Creating a Plugin for Joomla|J2.5:Creating a Plugin for Joomla]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;php&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;?php&lt;br /&gt;
// no direct access&lt;br /&gt;
defined ( &#039;_JEXEC&#039; ) or die ( &#039;Restricted access&#039; );&lt;br /&gt;
class plgContentExample extends JPlugin {&lt;br /&gt;
	/**&lt;br /&gt;
	 * Load the language file on instantiation.&lt;br /&gt;
	 * Note this is only available in Joomla 3.1 and higher.&lt;br /&gt;
	 * If you want to support 3.0 series you must override the constructor&lt;br /&gt;
	 *&lt;br /&gt;
	 * @var boolean&lt;br /&gt;
	 * @since 3.1&lt;br /&gt;
	 */&lt;br /&gt;
	protected $autoloadLanguage = true;&lt;br /&gt;
	function onContentPrepareForm($form, $data) {&lt;br /&gt;
		$app = JFactory::getApplication();&lt;br /&gt;
		$option = $app-&amp;gt;input-&amp;gt;get(&#039;option&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
		switch($option) {&lt;br /&gt;
			case &#039;com_contact&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
				if ($app-&amp;gt;isAdmin()) {&lt;br /&gt;
					JForm::addFormPath(__DIR__ . &#039;/forms&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
					$form-&amp;gt;loadFile(&#039;contact&#039;, false);&lt;br /&gt;
				}&lt;br /&gt;
				return true;&lt;br /&gt;
		}&lt;br /&gt;
		return true;&lt;br /&gt;
	}&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
?&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;===Enabling FrontEnd Editing of Custom Fields=== &amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Enabling Frontend editing for your new custom fields is pretty easy.&lt;br /&gt;
To add the fields to the frontend content edit form, simply duplicate this block of code:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
case &#039;com_contact&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
	if ($app-&amp;gt;isAdmin()) {&lt;br /&gt;
		JForm::addFormPath(__DIR__ . &#039;/forms&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
		$form-&amp;gt;loadFile(&#039;contact&#039;, false);&lt;br /&gt;
	}&lt;br /&gt;
	return true;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Duplicate that immediately below the existing instance of it, and change &#039;isAdmin&#039; to &#039;isSite&#039;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once you&#039;ve got that done, create a template override for the content form edit.php file. If you&#039;re creating a set of custom fields for com_content, you would copy /components/com_contact/views/form/tmpl/edit.php to /templates/your-template-name/html/com_contact/form/edit.php&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Inside your layout override, add your new fields in the form where you want them to appear (e.g., below the title, below the description), making sure that the field names match the XML file from your plugin (you&#039;ll create this next).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- this part can be added anywhere in the file - preferrable towards the beginning, but definitely before the next part --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;?php if ($this-&amp;gt;item-&amp;gt;id) : ?&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;!-- checking if this is an existing item or not --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;?php $attribs = json_decode($this-&amp;gt;item-&amp;gt;attribs); ?&amp;gt; &amp;lt;!-- if it is an existing item, get the attribs part of the existing record (attribs is where we save custom fields). You only need this line once. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;?php echo $this-&amp;gt;form-&amp;gt;setValue(&#039;field_name&#039;, &#039;attribs&#039;, $attribs-&amp;gt;field_name); ?&amp;gt; &amp;lt;!-- set the value of the custom field to what is already saved. Duplicate for the number of fields you need, changing the field_name as needed. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;?php endif; ?&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- this part needs added to the file right where you want to display it. So, if you want it to show right after the description field, find the description field and place this right after it. Duplicate for the number of fields you need, changing the field_name as needed.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;?php echo $this-&amp;gt;form-&amp;gt;renderField(&#039;field_name&#039;, &#039;attribs&#039;); ?&amp;gt; &amp;lt;!-- now we display the field. If we are editing an existing item, the previously saved data will be populated already --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With that done, your fields will now appear and be stored via frontend editing.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The additional fields are loaded from the file forms/contact.xml in the plugin directory. It&#039;s important that these fields are in a fields element with the name property set to &amp;quot;params&amp;quot;. If you don&#039;t set this property name, the fields will appear in the admin site but the values will not be saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In this case we are adding a field for a label to describe the email field in the public website and a second field for the value of the email address.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;?xml version=&amp;quot;1.0&amp;quot; encoding=&amp;quot;UTF-8&amp;quot;?&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;form&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;lt;fields name=&amp;quot;params&amp;quot; &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
		&amp;lt;fieldset name=&amp;quot;params&amp;quot; &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
			&amp;lt;field&lt;br /&gt;
				name=&amp;quot;contact_emaillabel2&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
				type=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
				label=&amp;quot;PLG_CONTENT_EXAMPLE_CONTACT_EMAILLABEL2&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
				/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
			&amp;lt;field&lt;br /&gt;
				name=&amp;quot;contact_email2&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
				type=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
				label=&amp;quot;PLG_CONTENT_EXAMPLE_CONTACT_EMAIL2&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
				filter=&amp;quot;email&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
			/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
		&amp;lt;/fieldset&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;lt;/fields&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/form&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Finally we need a language file so that the parameters are presented nicely in the admin site and are translatable into different languages. This file needs to be called something like &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;en-GB.plg_content_example.ini&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
COM_CONTACT_PARAMS_FIELDSET_LABEL=&amp;quot;Additional Information&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
PLG_CONTENT_EXAMPLE_CONTACT_EMAIL2=&amp;quot;Additional email address&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
PLG_CONTENT_EXAMPLE_CONTACT_EMAILLABEL2=&amp;quot;Additional email label&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
That&#039;s it for adding the field to com_contact. If you install this plugin, you&#039;ll have an additional tab in the contact editing form called &amp;quot;Additional Information&amp;quot; with the new fields included. If you fill in the new label and email address fields for a contact, you&#039;ll see that com_contact will store and retrieve the information for you.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The same plugin can be used to add more fields to different components; just add the relevant code into the onContentPrepareForm function and create the appropriate XML form files.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Displaying the Custom Field== &amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To display the custom field you need to create a layout override for the relevant component in your template. For more details on creating templates see [[S:MyLanguage/Creating a basic Joomla! template|Creating a basic Joomla! template]]. For details on layout overrides, see [[S:MyLanguage/Understanding Output Overrides|Understanding Output Overrides]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Copy the file &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;&amp;lt;Joomla&amp;gt;/components/com_contact/views/contact/tmpl/default.php&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt; to &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;&amp;lt;template&amp;gt;/html/com_contact/contact/default.php&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;, creating the folders in your template as necessary. We&#039;re going to edit this file to include the additional information. The com_contact component will automatically load the additional fields for us and load it into a variable called $this-&amp;gt;params. All we need to do is check that the data is set and, if so, display it.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To display the field, find the location in &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;&amp;lt;template&amp;gt;/html/com_contact/contact/default.php&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt; that corresponds to where you&#039;d like the additional email address to be displayed and add the following code:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;php&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;?php if ($this-&amp;gt;params-&amp;gt;get(&#039;contact_emaillabel2&#039;, false)) : ?&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
		&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;contact-additionalemail&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;?php echo $this-&amp;gt;params-&amp;gt;get(&#039;contact_emaillabel2&#039;);?&amp;gt;:&amp;amp;emsp;&amp;lt;a href=&amp;quot;mailto:&amp;lt;?php echo $this-&amp;gt;params-&amp;gt;get(&#039;contact_email2&#039;); ?&amp;gt;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;?php echo $this-&amp;gt;params-&amp;gt;get(&#039;contact_email2&#039;); ?&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/a&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;?php endif; ?&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you add this code and install your template, you will now have the custom field displaying in your public Website.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Plugin Development]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Template Development]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Tutorials]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>219jondn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Adding_custom_fields_to_core_components_using_a_plugin&amp;diff=208823</id>
		<title>Adding custom fields to core components using a plugin</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Adding_custom_fields_to_core_components_using_a_plugin&amp;diff=208823"/>
		<updated>2015-07-27T00:55:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;219jondn: added frontend editing of custom forms&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Have you ever wished that there was an extra phone number field in com_contact or needed an extra field for articles in com_content? Joomla! provides a straight-forward way of integrating new fields with core components such as these. All it takes to achieve this is a simple content plugin and a layout override in your template.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This article shows how to add an extra field to a core component using the example of adding an additional email address to contacts in com_contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding a Custom Field== &amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is recommended that you first read [[S:MyLanguage/Creating a Plugin for Joomla|Creating a Plugin for Joomla!]] for details on how to create and install a plugin, which is not covered here.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To add a field to a system component you need to create a content plugin which picks up the onContentPrepareForm event and inserts its own fields into the given JForm. The following code is for Joomla 3.1 and later. For Joomla! 2.5, the language files need to be loaded in the constructor (see [[S:MyLanguage/J2.5:Creating a Plugin for Joomla|J2.5:Creating a Plugin for Joomla]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;php&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;?php&lt;br /&gt;
// no direct access&lt;br /&gt;
defined ( &#039;_JEXEC&#039; ) or die ( &#039;Restricted access&#039; );&lt;br /&gt;
class plgContentExample extends JPlugin {&lt;br /&gt;
	/**&lt;br /&gt;
	 * Load the language file on instantiation.&lt;br /&gt;
	 * Note this is only available in Joomla 3.1 and higher.&lt;br /&gt;
	 * If you want to support 3.0 series you must override the constructor&lt;br /&gt;
	 *&lt;br /&gt;
	 * @var boolean&lt;br /&gt;
	 * @since 3.1&lt;br /&gt;
	 */&lt;br /&gt;
	protected $autoloadLanguage = true;&lt;br /&gt;
	function onContentPrepareForm($form, $data) {&lt;br /&gt;
		$app = JFactory::getApplication();&lt;br /&gt;
		$option = $app-&amp;gt;input-&amp;gt;get(&#039;option&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
		switch($option) {&lt;br /&gt;
			case &#039;com_contact&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
				if ($app-&amp;gt;isAdmin()) {&lt;br /&gt;
					JForm::addFormPath(__DIR__ . &#039;/forms&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
					$form-&amp;gt;loadFile(&#039;contact&#039;, false);&lt;br /&gt;
				}&lt;br /&gt;
				return true;&lt;br /&gt;
		}&lt;br /&gt;
		return true;&lt;br /&gt;
	}&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
?&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Enabling FrontEnd Editing of Custom Fields===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enabling Frontend editing for your new custom fields is pretty easy.&lt;br /&gt;
To add the fields to the frontend content edit form, simply duplicate this block of code:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
case &#039;com_contact&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
	if ($app-&amp;gt;isAdmin()) {&lt;br /&gt;
		JForm::addFormPath(__DIR__ . &#039;/forms&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
		$form-&amp;gt;loadFile(&#039;contact&#039;, false);&lt;br /&gt;
	}&lt;br /&gt;
	return true;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Duplicate that immediately below the existing instance of it, and change &#039;isAdmin&#039; to &#039;isSite&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you&#039;ve got that done, create a template override for the content form edit.php file. If you&#039;re creating a set of custom fields for com_content, you would copy /components/com_content/views/form/tmpl/edit.php to /templates/your-template-name/html/com_content/form/edit.php&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Inside your layout override, add your new fields in the form where you want them to appear (e.g., below the title, below the description), making sure that the field names match the XML file from your plugin (you&#039;ll create this next).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;?php echo $this-&amp;gt;form-&amp;gt;renderField(&#039;file_name&#039;, &#039;attribs&#039;); ?&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With that done, your fields will now appear and be stored via frontend editing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The additional fields are loaded from the file forms/contact.xml in the plugin directory. It&#039;s important that these fields are in a fields element with the name property set to &amp;quot;params&amp;quot;. If you don&#039;t set this property name, the fields will appear in the admin site but the values will not be saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In this case we are adding a field for a label to describe the email field in the public website and a second field for the value of the email address.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;?xml version=&amp;quot;1.0&amp;quot; encoding=&amp;quot;UTF-8&amp;quot;?&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;form&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;lt;fields name=&amp;quot;params&amp;quot; &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
		&amp;lt;fieldset name=&amp;quot;params&amp;quot; &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
			&amp;lt;field&lt;br /&gt;
				name=&amp;quot;contact_emaillabel2&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
				type=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
				label=&amp;quot;PLG_CONTENT_EXAMPLE_CONTACT_EMAILLABEL2&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
				/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
			&amp;lt;field&lt;br /&gt;
				name=&amp;quot;contact_email2&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
				type=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
				label=&amp;quot;PLG_CONTENT_EXAMPLE_CONTACT_EMAIL2&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
				filter=&amp;quot;email&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
			/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
		&amp;lt;/fieldset&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;lt;/fields&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/form&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Finally we need a language file so that the parameters are presented nicely in the admin site and are translatable into different languages. This file needs to be called something like &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;en-GB.plg_content_example.ini&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
COM_CONTACT_PARAMS_FIELDSET_LABEL=&amp;quot;Additional Information&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
PLG_CONTENT_EXAMPLE_CONTACT_EMAIL2=&amp;quot;Additional email address&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
PLG_CONTENT_EXAMPLE_CONTACT_EMAILLABEL2=&amp;quot;Additional email label&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
That&#039;s it for adding the field to com_contact. If you install this plugin, you&#039;ll have an additional tab in the contact editing form called &amp;quot;Additional Information&amp;quot; with the new fields included. If you fill in the new label and email address fields for a contact, you&#039;ll see that com_contact will store and retrieve the information for you.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The same plugin can be used to add more fields to different components; just add the relevant code into the onContentPrepareForm function and create the appropriate XML form files.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Displaying the Custom Field== &amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To display the custom field you need to create a layout override for the relevant component in your template. For more details on creating templates see [[S:MyLanguage/Creating a basic Joomla! template|Creating a basic Joomla! template]]. For details on layout overrides, see [[S:MyLanguage/Understanding Output Overrides|Understanding Output Overrides]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Copy the file &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;&amp;lt;Joomla&amp;gt;/components/com_contact/views/contact/tmpl/default.php&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt; to &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;&amp;lt;template&amp;gt;/html/com_contact/contact/default.php&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;, creating the folders in your template as necessary. We&#039;re going to edit this file to include the additional information. The com_contact component will automatically load the additional fields for us and load it into a variable called $this-&amp;gt;params. All we need to do is check that the data is set and, if so, display it.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To display the field, find the location in &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;&amp;lt;template&amp;gt;/html/com_contact/contact/default.php&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt; that corresponds to where you&#039;d like the additional email address to be displayed and add the following code:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;php&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;?php if ($this-&amp;gt;params-&amp;gt;get(&#039;contact_emaillabel2&#039;, false)) : ?&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
		&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;contact-additionalemail&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;?php echo $this-&amp;gt;params-&amp;gt;get(&#039;contact_emaillabel2&#039;);?&amp;gt;:&amp;amp;emsp;&amp;lt;a href=&amp;quot;mailto:&amp;lt;?php echo $this-&amp;gt;params-&amp;gt;get(&#039;contact_email2&#039;); ?&amp;gt;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;?php echo $this-&amp;gt;params-&amp;gt;get(&#039;contact_email2&#039;); ?&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/a&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;?php endif; ?&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you add this code and install your template, you will now have the custom field displaying in your public Website.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Plugin Development]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Template Development]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Tutorials]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>219jondn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=JDOC:Beginners_Tutorial_Project/Get_Involved&amp;diff=169317</id>
		<title>JDOC:Beginners Tutorial Project/Get Involved</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=JDOC:Beginners_Tutorial_Project/Get_Involved&amp;diff=169317"/>
		<updated>2015-04-03T00:31:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;219jondn: just fixed a quick typo&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;border:1px solid #BBD9EE; background-color:#c0c0c0; padding:0.1em 0.5em 0.15em 0.5em; font-size:1.05em; font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Join This JDOC Project&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;margin:10px 10px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You don&#039;t need to join the [[Documentation Working Group]] to help improve and maintain the Joomla! Documentation Wiki. &#039;&#039;&#039;You don&#039;t need to be an expert on writing Joomla! extensions!&#039;&#039;&#039; There are many tasks which can help you &#039;&#039;&#039;learn&#039;&#039;&#039; Joomla! development while helping maintain the Tutorial pages. Please note that registration on this wiki is entirely separate from registration on other Joomla! sites, such as the [http://forum.joomla.org Joomla! forum].&lt;br /&gt;
* Just &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Special:Userlogin|Register and login]]&#039;&#039;&#039; on this wiki to get started.&lt;br /&gt;
* Already registered, sign up to help this particular JDOC Project on the &#039;&#039;&#039;[[JDOC_talk:Developer Tutorials Project|Talk page]]&#039;&#039;&#039; with your wiki signature(&#039;4&#039; tildes &#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;~~~~&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;) and task(s). &#039;&#039;&#039;Make sure you check the &#039;Watch this page&#039; box or alternatively, you can add the project page to your [[Special:Watchlist|Watchlist]]. It will keep you up to date on the project.&lt;br /&gt;
::For example: &lt;br /&gt;
:::&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;~~~~ - categorisation&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
:::&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;~~~~ - technical review&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:::&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;~~~~ - project tasks page&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:::&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;~~~~ - update project tasks page, technical reviewer&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Not sure you can help this project, or think you can help somewhere else? Join a different &#039;&#039;&#039;[[JDOC:Projects|JDOC Project!]]&#039;&#039;&#039; The Joomla! Docs Wiki is a collaborative community-contributed resource of the Joomla! project. Everyone&#039;s help is appreciated and needed to maintain it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Want to help but don&#039;t know how? =====&lt;br /&gt;
If you would like to contribute to the Wiki and just don&#039;t know where to start, please contact a member of the Documentation Working Group.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Portal:JDOCs Wiki Help|Learn how to edit]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:* [[Contacts|Ask an editor or admin for help]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Help Improve the Joomla! Docs Wiki =====&lt;br /&gt;
* Suggest ideas and give your feedback for future articles or improvements to existing content. Post your thoughts on our [[JDOC_talk:Docs Wiki Roadmap|Roadmap talk page]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Add or edit pages list in [[Portal:All Portals#Portal_Project|the Portal pages]]. &lt;br /&gt;
* Work on one of the [[:Category:Needs_content|Joomla! Docs Wiki pages]] that are in need of additional content.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;[[Category:Landing subpages]]&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>219jondn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=User:219jondn&amp;diff=169316</id>
		<title>User:219jondn</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=User:219jondn&amp;diff=169316"/>
		<updated>2015-04-03T00:28:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;219jondn: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Jon Neubauer==&lt;br /&gt;
====What I Do in Joomla!====&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! World Conference Director&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! Bug Squad Contributor&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! Community Magazine Contributor/Editor&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! Forum Moderator&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How You Can Reach Me===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E-mail Me! jon.neubauer@community.joomla.org&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Twitter: @219jondn&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>219jondn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=User:219jondn&amp;diff=162806</id>
		<title>User:219jondn</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=User:219jondn&amp;diff=162806"/>
		<updated>2015-03-10T23:33:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;219jondn: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Jon Neubauer==&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks for visiting my page!&lt;br /&gt;
====What I Do in Joomla!====&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! World Conference Director&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! Bug Squad Contributor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! Community Magazine Contributor/Editor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! Forum Moderator&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How You Can Reach Me===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E-mail Me!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Twitter: @219jondn&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>219jondn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Security_hotfixes_for_Joomla_EOL_versions&amp;diff=101995</id>
		<title>Security hotfixes for Joomla EOL versions</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Security_hotfixes_for_Joomla_EOL_versions&amp;diff=101995"/>
		<updated>2013-08-02T02:36:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;219jondn: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Although Joomla 1.5 has reached end of life, there is a security patch available at this link:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://joomlacode.org/gf/download/trackeritem/31626/83528/UploadFix15v3.zip Security Patch Download]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://joomlacode.org/gf/project/joomla/tracker/?action=TrackerItemEdit&amp;amp;tracker_item_id=31626 Issue Tracker Item] - currently there are 3 zips, use the top one.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Update Instructions ===&lt;br /&gt;
*Download &amp;amp; Unpack the security patch&lt;br /&gt;
*Upload patch files directly to the root of your Joomla! installation, overwriting existing files.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>219jondn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Security_hotfixes_for_Joomla_EOL_versions&amp;diff=101994</id>
		<title>Security hotfixes for Joomla EOL versions</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Security_hotfixes_for_Joomla_EOL_versions&amp;diff=101994"/>
		<updated>2013-08-02T02:35:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;219jondn: text links &amp;amp; update instructions&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Although Joomla 1.5 has reached end of life, there is a security patch available at this link:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://joomlacode.org/gf/download/trackeritem/31626/83528/UploadFix15v3.zip Security Patch Download]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://joomlacode.org/gf/project/joomla/tracker/?action=TrackerItemEdit&amp;amp;tracker_item_id=31626 Issue Tracker Item] - currently there are 3 zips, use the top one.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Update Instructions ===&lt;br /&gt;
*Download &amp;amp; Unpack the security patch&lt;br /&gt;
*Upload patch files directly to the root of your Joomla! installation, overwriting existing files.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>219jondn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Security_hotfixes_for_Joomla_EOL_versions&amp;diff=101993</id>
		<title>Security hotfixes for Joomla EOL versions</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Security_hotfixes_for_Joomla_EOL_versions&amp;diff=101993"/>
		<updated>2013-08-02T02:24:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;219jondn: spelling&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Although Joomla 1.5 has reached end of life, there is a security patch available at this link:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://joomlacode.org/gf/download/trackeritem/31626/83528/UploadFix15v3.zip&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://joomlacode.org/gf/project/joomla/tracker/?action=TrackerItemEdit&amp;amp;tracker_item_id=31626  is the tracker item and currently there are 3 zips, use the top one.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>219jondn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=GNOME_Outreach_Program_for_Women&amp;diff=83915</id>
		<title>GNOME Outreach Program for Women</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=GNOME_Outreach_Program_for_Women&amp;diff=83915"/>
		<updated>2013-04-04T22:18:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;219jondn: import text&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page contains all the information about the opportunities with Joomla for round 6 of the Outreach Program for Women internships that will take place from June 17 through September 23, 2013. Please see the main program page for the general information about the program, such as timeline, background information, eligibility, requirements, and the application form.https://live.gnome.org/OutreachProgramForWomen &amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;What is Joomla?&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla is an Open Source software project that produces a world renowned   Content Management System and a PHP application framework that can be used to build almost any application imaginable. Contributions to either project. are welcome  There are also some smaller projects in the Joomla family  for which projects are possible. Interns can work of a variety of projects ranging from improving the Content Management System to cutting edge applications on using the framework to the framework itself. Usability projects for the CMS are also a possibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Who We Are Looking For?&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
We are looking for women who are interested in learning more about web and application development. You don&#039;t have to be a student.  However, you need to have some development background with technologies such as PHP, JavaScript or UI/UX design. We look for enthusiasm and commitment and a willingness to learn and participate in a worldwide open source team.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Before you Get Started:&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
Before you get started, it’s really important that you understand how Joomla handles contributions and the importance of following appropriate guidelines for code style, use of the APIs, and design patterns.  The best way to start with this for potential framework projects is to visit the framework repository and study the code structure. For CMS projects it is to download the current master branch of the Content Management System from Github and study is structures and use of the Joomla  APIs and design patterns. &lt;br /&gt;
For the  the  code structure. Visit this page for more info: http://developer.joomla.org/cms/volunteer.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our Google Summer of Code 2013  and apply for it as well if you are a student. &lt;br /&gt;
http://docs.joomla.org/GSOC_2013_Project_Ideas  You are also welcome to develop your own project ideas based on your areas of interest and expertise, though we strongly enourage you to discuss these with the appropriate teams.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You could also visit the Joomla Documentation page:  http://docs.joomla.org/ to learn about the &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or our Google Summer of Code 2012 http://developer.joomla.org/google-summer-of-code-2012.html shows you some examples of successful student projects.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Questions/Contact&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The best place to ask questions and get advice about submitting code is here: https://groups.google.com/forum/?fromgroups#!forum/joomla-gsoc-2013&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also visit the following lists to get better insight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the CMS: &lt;br /&gt;
http://groups.google.com/group/joomla-dev-cms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the Framework: &lt;br /&gt;
https://groups.google.com/forum/?fromgroups#!forum/joomla-dev-framework&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;IRC CHANNEL&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla IRC - #joomla&lt;br /&gt;
Google Summer of Code IRC - #joomla-gsoc--this will open soon&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Niks: davidhurley, WikiBlue &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Coordinators of the Program:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Elin Waring elin.waring@gmail.com&lt;br /&gt;
Sandra Ordonez sandy.ordonez@opensourcematters.org&lt;br /&gt;
David Hurley david.hurley@joomla.org&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;What to Do&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1)&#039;&#039;&#039; Choose a Project or in consultation with a team develop one of your own. You can use one of these ideas when applying for the Outreach Program for Women: http://docs.joomla.org/GSOC_2013_Project_Ideas If you need a mentor or have a question, email https://groups.google.com/forum/?romgroups#!forum/joomla-gsoc-2013  Someone from the team will promptly reply.  We prefer in the early stages that discussion be on the mailing list so that all potential applicants can get information and all potential mentors and interested community members can give advice,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2)&#039;&#039;&#039; Email the listserv to ask guidance about what a suitable small contribution might be for the project you are interested in. (You can reach out to mentors here; https://groups.google.com/forum/?fromgroups#!forum/joomla-gsoc-2013) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OR You can find bugs suitable for beginners in our bug tracking system.  Simply navigate to the tracker at http://joomlacode.org/gf/project/joomla/tracker/?action=TrackerItemBrowse&amp;amp;tracker_id=8103 and then set the filters at the top as follows: Status = Confirmed, Easy = Easy. This will list all issues that require a code fix that are classified as relatively easy. See http://docs.joomla.org/Bug_Squad for more information about how the Bug Squad works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Code Repositories&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
http://github.com/joomla/joomla-cms&lt;br /&gt;
http://github.com/joomla/joomla-framework&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have never contributed to GIT before, you may want to check this out: http://docs.joomla.org/Git_for_Coders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;3)&#039;&#039;&#039; Send an application https://live.gnome.org/OutreachProgramForWomen#Send_in_an_Application&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>219jondn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Pre-upgrade_Check_Version_Specification_Debate&amp;diff=78352</id>
		<title>Pre-upgrade Check Version Specification Debate</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Pre-upgrade_Check_Version_Specification_Debate&amp;diff=78352"/>
		<updated>2012-12-06T21:49:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;219jondn: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Summary of what&#039;s been discussed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original requested way that it should work is illustrated in this example:&lt;br /&gt;
===Original===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&amp;lt;compatibility&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;version&amp;gt;1.5&amp;lt;/version&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;version&amp;gt;2.5&amp;lt;/version&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;version&amp;gt;3.0.1&amp;lt;/version&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;version&amp;gt;4&amp;lt;/version&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;compatibility&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is interpretted as:&lt;br /&gt;
*Joomla 1.5: compatible&lt;br /&gt;
*Joomla 1.6: not compatible&lt;br /&gt;
*Joomla 1.7: not compatible&lt;br /&gt;
*Joomla 2.5: compatible&lt;br /&gt;
*Joomla 3.0: compatible for 3.0.1 and up in the 3.0 version&lt;br /&gt;
*Joomla 3.1: not compatible&lt;br /&gt;
*Joomla 3.2: not compatible&lt;br /&gt;
*Joomla 3.5: not compatible&lt;br /&gt;
*Joomla 4:0: compatible&lt;br /&gt;
*Joomla 4.1: compatible&lt;br /&gt;
*Joomla 4.2: compatible&lt;br /&gt;
*Joomla 4.5: compatible&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Accidentally coded as===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&amp;lt;compatibility&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;version&amp;gt;1.5&amp;lt;/version&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;version&amp;gt;2.5&amp;lt;/version&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;version&amp;gt;3.0.1&amp;lt;/version&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;version&amp;gt;4&amp;lt;/version&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;compatibility&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is interpretted as:&lt;br /&gt;
*Joomla 1.5: compatible&lt;br /&gt;
*Joomla 1.6: not compatible&lt;br /&gt;
*Joomla 1.7: not compatible&lt;br /&gt;
*Joomla 2.5: compatible&lt;br /&gt;
*Joomla 3.0: compatible only for 3.0.1&lt;br /&gt;
*Joomla 3.1: not compatible&lt;br /&gt;
*Joomla 3.2: not compatible&lt;br /&gt;
*Joomla 3.5: not compatible&lt;br /&gt;
*Joomla 4:0: compatible&lt;br /&gt;
*Joomla 4.1: compatible&lt;br /&gt;
*Joomla 4.2: compatible&lt;br /&gt;
*Joomla 4.5: compatible&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above was changed to the original specifications, but some people continued to argue whether &amp;quot;3.0.1&amp;quot; should mean &amp;quot;compatible for 3.0.1 through 3.0.x&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;only for 3.0.1&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
===Composer===&lt;br /&gt;
Others thought, we shouldn&#039;t use either of the above, but should use: [http://getcomposer.org/doc/01-basic-usage.md#package-versions Composer]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
99%-100% of the code is written for the original implementation.  The getcomposer approach is not written.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>219jondn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Pre-upgrade_Check_Version_Specification_Debate&amp;diff=78351</id>
		<title>Pre-upgrade Check Version Specification Debate</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Pre-upgrade_Check_Version_Specification_Debate&amp;diff=78351"/>
		<updated>2012-12-06T21:45:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;219jondn: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Summary of what&#039;s been discussed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original requested way that it should work is illustrated in this example:&lt;br /&gt;
===Original===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&amp;lt;compatibility&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;version&amp;gt;1.5&amp;lt;/version&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;version&amp;gt;2.5&amp;lt;/version&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;version&amp;gt;3.0.1&amp;lt;/version&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;version&amp;gt;4&amp;lt;/version&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;compatibility&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is interpretted as:&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla 1.5: compatible&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla 1.6: not compatible&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla 1.7: not compatible&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla 2.5: compatible&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla 3.0: compatible for 3.0.1 and up in the 3.0 version&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla 3.1: not compatible&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla 3.2: not compatible&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla 3.5: not compatible&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla 4:0: compatible&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla 4.1: compatible&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla 4.2: compatible&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla 4.5: compatible&lt;br /&gt;
---End of Original---&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was accidentally coded as:&lt;br /&gt;
---Accidentally coded as---&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;compatibility&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;version&amp;gt;1.5&amp;lt;/version&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;version&amp;gt;2.5&amp;lt;/version&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;version&amp;gt;3.0.1&amp;lt;/version&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;version&amp;gt;4&amp;lt;/version&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;compatibility&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is interpretted as:&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla 1.5: compatible&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla 1.6: not compatible&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla 1.7: not compatible&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla 2.5: compatible&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla 3.0: compatible only for 3.0.1&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla 3.1: not compatible&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla 3.2: not compatible&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla 3.5: not compatible&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla 4:0: compatible&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla 4.1: compatible&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla 4.2: compatible&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla 4.5: compatible&lt;br /&gt;
---end of Accidentally coded as---&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above was changed to the original specifications, but some people continued to argue whether &amp;quot;3.0.1&amp;quot; should mean &amp;quot;compatible for 3.0.1 through 3.0.x&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;only for 3.0.1&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Others thought, we shouldn&#039;t use either of the above, but should use:&lt;br /&gt;
http://getcomposer.org/doc/01-basic-usage.md#package-versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
99%-100% of the code is written for the original implementation.  The getcomposer approach is not written.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>219jondn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=JoomlaDays/History&amp;diff=77980</id>
		<title>JoomlaDays/History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=JoomlaDays/History&amp;diff=77980"/>
		<updated>2012-11-30T17:58:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;219jondn: /* 2013 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The Joomla! community has a long history of Joomla!Day events from around the world.  Let&#039;s document these here, so we can ensure we have a historical timeline of Joomla!Days. See current events at [http://events.joomla.org/joomla-days.html Joomla Days]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructions:  please add the name, date, location, and if possible the web address, of any Joomla!Days that have happened in the past.  Please use the following format:  Name_of_Joomla!Day - Month DD-DD, YYYY - City, Country&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 2006 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(5 Events)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Netherlands (1) - April 22, 2006 - Breda, Netherlands&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day UK (1) - July 30, 2006 - Leeds, United Kingdom [http://web.archive.org/web/20060709173546/http://www.joomlatraining.org.uk/joomla-day/ programme] [http://web.archive.org/web/20060814225232/http://www.joomlatraining.org.uk/content/view/297/36/ Day 1] [http://web.archive.org/web/20060813123831/http://www.joomlatraining.org.uk/content/view/298/36/ Day 2]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Sweden - October 6-7, 2006 - Västerås, Sweden&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Netherlands (2) - December 8-9 2006 - Den Bosch, Netherlands&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Germany - September 29-30, 2006 - Bonn, Germany [http://www.joomladay.de/fakten/historie/joomladay-2006.html Report in German]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 2007 == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(17 Events)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Melbourne - January 24, 2007 - Melbourne, Australia [http://forum.joomla.org/viewtopic.php?f=306&amp;amp;t=116577&amp;amp;start=150] and [http://forum.joomla.org/viewtopic.php?t=134393]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day France - March 25, 2007 - Paris, France&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Norway - June 2, 2007 - Drammen, Norway&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Cape Town (South Africa) - June 16, 2007 [http://www.joomladay.org.za/archive/2007-cape-town-june-16-2007.html programme]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Johannesburg (South Africa) - July 14, 2007 [http://www.joomladay.org.za/archive/2007-johannesburg-july-14-2007.html programme]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day (Central) USA and Mexico - July 21, 2007 - Austin, Texas, USA&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Bangkok - August 4, 2008 - Bangkok , Thailand [http://www.flickr.com/photos/laithaiphoto/sets/72157601327115053/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Brasil - August 18, 2007 - São Paulo/SP, Brazil&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day USA West - May 12-13, 2007 - Mountain View, California, USA&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day NYC - October 13, 2007 - New York, New York, USA&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Hungary - October 21, 2007 - Budapest, Hungary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Sweden - November 3, 2007 - Västerås, Sweden&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Helsinki - November 12, 2007 - Helsinki, Finland&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Cape Town (South Africa) - December 10, 2007 [http://www.joomladay.org.za/archive/2007-cape-town-december-10-2007.html programme]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Nigeria - date unknown&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Serbia - November 17, 2007 - Belgrade, Serbia&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day New Zealand - December 15, 2007&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 2008 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(20 Events)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Italy - January 19, 2008 - Rome, Italy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Melbourne - February 2, 2008 - Melbourne, Australia [http://forum.joomla.org/viewtopic.php?p=1184586]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Spain (1) - April 19, 2008 - Madrid[http://www.joomladay.info/2008/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Netherlands (3), April 4-5, 2008 - Utrecht, Netherlands&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Norway - April 26, 2008 - Drammen, Norway&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day France - April 27, 2008 - Paris, France&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Bangkok - May 10, 2008 - Bangkok, Thailand [http://www.flickr.com/photos/laithaiphoto/sets/72157605299681211/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Byron Bay - May 11, 2008 - Byron Bay, NSW, Australia]] [http://forum.joomla.org/viewtopic.php?f=306&amp;amp;t=262909]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Sydney - May 19, 2008 - Sydney, Australia [http://forum.joomla.org/viewtopic.php?p=1304388]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Vancouver - June 14, 2008 - Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada]] [http://community.joomla.org/events/joomla-days/400-joomla-day-vancouver-2008.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Philippines - June 14, 2008&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Hungary - June 20-21, 2008&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Durban - June 20-21, 2008 - Durban, South Africa&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Brasil - August 16, 2008 - São Paulo/SP, Brazil&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day San Francisco - September 20, 2008 - San Francisco, California, USA&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Johannesburg - October 18, 2008 - Johannesburg, South Africa&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Turkey - October 25, 2008&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Switzerland - November 15, 2008&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Sweden - November 15, 2008&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Nigeria - November 19, 2008&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 2009 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(23 Events)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Turkey - January 10, 2009 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Melbourne - February 7-8, 2009 - Melbourne, Australia [http://community.joomla.org/events/joomla-days/641-joomladay-melbourne-2009.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day UK (2) - March 13-14, 2009 - Maidstone, England, United Kingdom&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Las Vegas - April 4, 2009 - Las Vegas, Nevada, USA [http://lasvegas.joomladayusa.org/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day India - April 25, 2009 - Pune, India [http://community.joomla.org/blogs/community/811-joomla-day-pune-india-a-big-success.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Sweden - May 15-16, 2009 - Stockholm, Sweden&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day France - May 24, 2009 - Paris, France&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day New England - May 30, 2009 - Brattleboro, Vermont, USA [http://community.joomla.org/events/joomla-days/771-joomladay-new-england-2009.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Netherlands (4) - June 12-13, 2009 - Nieuwegein, Netherlands&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Cape Town - August 14, 2009 - Cape Town, South Africia&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Bangkok - August 22-23, 2009 - Bangkok, Thailand [http://www.flickr.com/photos/laithaiphoto/sets/72157622115004400/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Brasil - September, 12, 2009 - Rio de Janeiro/RJ, Brazil &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Germany - September, 24 - 26, 2009 - Bad Nauheim, Germany&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Mongolia - September 29-30, 2009 - Ulan Bataar, Mongolia&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Norway - October ?, 2009 - Drammen, Norway&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Gauteng - October 8-10, 2009 - Gauteng, South Africa&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Hungary - October 10, 2009 - Budapest, Hungary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day New York - October 12, 2009 - New York, New York, USA [http://community.joomla.org/events/joomla-days/912-joomla-day-new-york.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Sydney - October 17-18, 2009 - Sydney, Australia [http://sydney.joomladay.org.au/groups/viewgroup/5-Welcome+to+Sydney+JoomlaDay+17%2B18+Oct+2009]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Vietnam - November 1, 2009 - Hồ Chí Minh City, Vietnam [http://community.joomla.org/events/joomla-days/1056-joomladay-vietnam-2009.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Italy - November 21, 2009 - Rome, Italy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Spain (2) - December 11-12, 2009 - Barcelona, Spain [http://www.joomladay.info/2009/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Nigeria - December 12, 2009 - Lagos, Nigeria&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 2010 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(17 Events)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Melbourne - February 12-14, 2010 - Melbourne, Australia [http://community.joomla.org/events/joomla-days/1102-joomladay-melbourne-2010.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day France - March 21, 2010 - Bordeaux, France&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Spain (3) - April 9-10, 2010 - Mallorca, Spain [http://www.joomladay.cat/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Netherlands (5) - April 23-24, 2010 - Utrecht, Netherlands [http://www.joomladagen.nl/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Sweden - April 23-24, 2010 - Stockholm, Sweden [http://www.joomladay.se/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Norway - June 4-5, 2010 - Drammen, Norway [http://www.joomladay.no/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day New England - June 5, 2010 - Marlboro, Vermont, USA&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Brisbane - June 18-19, 2010 - Brisbane, Australia&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Brasil - September 11-12, 2010 - Brasília/DF, Brazil [http://www.joomladaybrasil.org/2010]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day USA West - October 1-3, 2010 - San Jose, California, USA [http://www.joomladaywest.com/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Italy - October 9, 2010 - Verona, Italy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day DC - October 16, 2010 - Chevy Chase, Maryland, USA [http://www.joomladaydc.com]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Denmark - October 29-30, 2010 - Kolding, Denmark [http://www.joomladay.dk]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day UK (3) - October 30-31, 2010 - Ipswich, England, United Kingdom&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Bangkok - November 13-14, 2010 - Bangkok, Thailand [http://www.joomladay.in.th/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Spain (4) - November 26-27, 2010 - Valencia, Spain [http://www.joomladay2010.es/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day NYC - December 4-5, 2010 - New York City, New York, USA&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Nigeria - December 11, 2010 - Lagos, Nigeria&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 2011 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(29 Events)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Chile - January 18, 2011 - Santiago, Chile [http://www.joomladay-chile.cl/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Night Stockholm - February 4, 2011 - Stockholm, Sweden&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day India - March 12-13, 2011 - Pune, Maharashtra, India [http://www.joomladay.co.in]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Netherlands (6) - April 2-3, 2011 - Doorn, Netherlands [http://www.joomladagen.nl/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day New England - April 2, 2011 - Brattleboro, Vermont, USA [http://www.joomladaynewengland.org]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:JoomlaDayNEProgram2011-schedule.jpg]] &lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:JoomlaDayNEProgram2011-speakers.jpg]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day France - April 2-3, 2011 - Lyon, France [http://www.joomladay.fr/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Algeria - April 19 2011 - Alger, Algeria [http://www.joomladayalgerie.com/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Greece - May 28-29, 2011 - Athens, Greece [http://joomladay.gr/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Malaysia - June 25, 2011 - Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia [http://www.joomla-day.org.my/2011/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Night Chile - July 6, 2011 - Santiago, Chile [http://joomlanight-chile.cl/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Chicago - August 5-6, 2011 - Chicago, Illinois, USA [http://www.joomladaychicago.com]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Norway - August 12-13, 2011 - Drammen, Norway [http://www.joomladay.no/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Bosnia and Herzegovina - August 12-14, 2011 - Tesanj, Bosnia [http://www.joomla.ba/konferencija]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Cape Town - August  19-20, 2011 - Cape Town, South Africa [http://www.joomladay.org.za/] [http://www.joomladay.org.za/talks-sessions/programme.html programme]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Germany - September 2-3, 2011 - Hamburg, Germany [http://www.joomladay.de]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Brasil - September 2-4, 2011 - Florianópolis/SC, Brazil [http://www.joomladaybrasil.org/2011]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Austin - September 15, 2011 - Austin, Texas, USA [http://www.joomladayaustin.com]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day UK - September 24-25, 2011 - London, England [http://www.joomladayuk2011.org]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Israel - October 10, 2011 - Tel Aviv, Israel [http://jday11.joomla.org.il]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Italy - October 22, 2011 - Florence, Italy [http://www.joomladay.it]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day NYC - October 22-23, 2011 - New York City, New York, USA [http://www.joomladaynyc.com]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Denmark - October 28-29, 2011 - Kolding, Denmark [http://www.joomladay.dk]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Australia - November 5-6, 2011 - Sydney, Australia [http://sydney.joomladay.org.au/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Finland - November 5, 2011 - Helsinki, Finland [http://joomladayfinland.com/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Spain - November 9-10, 2011 - Zaragoza, Spain [http://www.joomladay2011.es/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Midwest - November 12, 2011 - Milwaukee, Wisconsin, USA [http://www.joomladaymidwest.org]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Algeria - November 19, 2011 - Oran, Algeria [http://www.joomladayoran.com/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Los Angeles - December 3, 2011 - Los Angeles, California, USA [http://www.jdayla.com]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Lagos  - December 17, 2011 - Lagos, Nigeria [http://joomlang.com/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 2012 ==&lt;br /&gt;
(29 events)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Chile - January 19, 2012 - Santiago, Chile&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Bangkok - February 25, 2012 - Bangkok, Thailand [http://www.joomladay.in.th]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Guatemala - February 29 - March 3, 2012 - Guatemala City, Guatemala [http://www.joomlagt.org/joomladay2012/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day France - March 24, 2012 - Strasbourg, France [http://www.joomladay.fr/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day New England - March 31, 2012 - Brattleboro, Vermont, USA [http://www.joomladaynewengland.org/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Iran - April 12, 2012 - Mashhad, Iran [http://www.joomladay.ir]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Netherlands (7) - April 21-22, 2012 - Zeist, Netherlands [http://www.joomladagen.nl/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Ribeirão Preto - May 11-12, 2012 - Ribeirão Preto, Brasil [http://jdrp.unaerp.br/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Sweden - May 26, 2012 - Stockholm, Sweden [http://www.joomladay.se/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day China 2012 - June 2, 2012 - Pudong, China [http://joomla.51qiangzuo.com/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Greece 2012 - June 2-3, 2012 - Athens, Greece [http://joomladay.gr]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Togo - June 14, 2012 - Assahoun, Togo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Mexico - June 22-23, 2012 - Mexico City, Mexico [http://www.joomladaymexico.org/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Chicago - August 10-11, 2012 - Chicago, Illinois, USA [http://joomladaychicago.com]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Cape Town - August 17-18, 2012 - Cape Town, South Africa [http://www.joomladay.org.za]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Colombia - September 06, 2012 - Cali, Colombia [http://www.joomladay.com.co/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Brasil - September 07-08, 2012 - Belo Horizonte, Minas Gerais, Brasil [http://www.joomladaybrasil.org/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Poland - September 22-23, 2012 - Poznań, Poland [http://www.joomla-day.pl/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day NYC - September 22-23, 2012 - New York, New York, USA [http://www.joomladaynyc.com/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Spain - September 28-29, 2012 - Mérida, Spain [http://www.joomladayspain.com/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Italy - September 29, 2012 - Turin, Italy [http://www.joomladay.it/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Turkey - September 29, 2012 - Konya, Turkey [http://www.joomla.org.tr/en/Konya]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Germany - October 05-06, 2012 - Berlin, Germany [http://www.joomladay.de/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Israel - October 10, 2012- Tel Aviv, Israel [http://jday.joomla.org.il]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Bulgaria - October 13, 2012 - Sofia, Bulgaria [http://joomladay.bg/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Australia - October 20-21, 2012 - Sydney, Australia [http://sydney.joomladay.org.au/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Denmark - October 26-27, 2012 - Kolding, Denmark [http://www.joomladay.dk]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Iran - November 15, 2012 - Kerman, Iran [http://www.joomladay.ir/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla World Conference - November 16-18, 2012 - San Jose, California, USA [http://conference.joomla.org]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 2013 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day North Carolina - February 23, 2013 - Raleigh, North Carolina, USA [http://joomladaync.org]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day New England - April 13, 2013 - Brattleboro, Vermont, USA [http://www.joomladaynewengland.org/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Events Working Group]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Events]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>219jondn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=JoomlaDays/History&amp;diff=77979</id>
		<title>JoomlaDays/History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=JoomlaDays/History&amp;diff=77979"/>
		<updated>2012-11-30T17:58:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;219jondn: /* 2013 */ added JDNC&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The Joomla! community has a long history of Joomla!Day events from around the world.  Let&#039;s document these here, so we can ensure we have a historical timeline of Joomla!Days. See current events at [http://events.joomla.org/joomla-days.html Joomla Days]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instructions:  please add the name, date, location, and if possible the web address, of any Joomla!Days that have happened in the past.  Please use the following format:  Name_of_Joomla!Day - Month DD-DD, YYYY - City, Country&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 2006 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(5 Events)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Netherlands (1) - April 22, 2006 - Breda, Netherlands&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day UK (1) - July 30, 2006 - Leeds, United Kingdom [http://web.archive.org/web/20060709173546/http://www.joomlatraining.org.uk/joomla-day/ programme] [http://web.archive.org/web/20060814225232/http://www.joomlatraining.org.uk/content/view/297/36/ Day 1] [http://web.archive.org/web/20060813123831/http://www.joomlatraining.org.uk/content/view/298/36/ Day 2]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Sweden - October 6-7, 2006 - Västerås, Sweden&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Netherlands (2) - December 8-9 2006 - Den Bosch, Netherlands&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Germany - September 29-30, 2006 - Bonn, Germany [http://www.joomladay.de/fakten/historie/joomladay-2006.html Report in German]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 2007 == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(17 Events)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Melbourne - January 24, 2007 - Melbourne, Australia [http://forum.joomla.org/viewtopic.php?f=306&amp;amp;t=116577&amp;amp;start=150] and [http://forum.joomla.org/viewtopic.php?t=134393]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day France - March 25, 2007 - Paris, France&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Norway - June 2, 2007 - Drammen, Norway&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Cape Town (South Africa) - June 16, 2007 [http://www.joomladay.org.za/archive/2007-cape-town-june-16-2007.html programme]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Johannesburg (South Africa) - July 14, 2007 [http://www.joomladay.org.za/archive/2007-johannesburg-july-14-2007.html programme]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day (Central) USA and Mexico - July 21, 2007 - Austin, Texas, USA&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Bangkok - August 4, 2008 - Bangkok , Thailand [http://www.flickr.com/photos/laithaiphoto/sets/72157601327115053/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Brasil - August 18, 2007 - São Paulo/SP, Brazil&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day USA West - May 12-13, 2007 - Mountain View, California, USA&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day NYC - October 13, 2007 - New York, New York, USA&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Hungary - October 21, 2007 - Budapest, Hungary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Sweden - November 3, 2007 - Västerås, Sweden&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Helsinki - November 12, 2007 - Helsinki, Finland&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Cape Town (South Africa) - December 10, 2007 [http://www.joomladay.org.za/archive/2007-cape-town-december-10-2007.html programme]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Nigeria - date unknown&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Serbia - November 17, 2007 - Belgrade, Serbia&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day New Zealand - December 15, 2007&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 2008 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(20 Events)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Italy - January 19, 2008 - Rome, Italy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Melbourne - February 2, 2008 - Melbourne, Australia [http://forum.joomla.org/viewtopic.php?p=1184586]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Spain (1) - April 19, 2008 - Madrid[http://www.joomladay.info/2008/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Netherlands (3), April 4-5, 2008 - Utrecht, Netherlands&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Norway - April 26, 2008 - Drammen, Norway&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day France - April 27, 2008 - Paris, France&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Bangkok - May 10, 2008 - Bangkok, Thailand [http://www.flickr.com/photos/laithaiphoto/sets/72157605299681211/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Byron Bay - May 11, 2008 - Byron Bay, NSW, Australia]] [http://forum.joomla.org/viewtopic.php?f=306&amp;amp;t=262909]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Sydney - May 19, 2008 - Sydney, Australia [http://forum.joomla.org/viewtopic.php?p=1304388]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Vancouver - June 14, 2008 - Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada]] [http://community.joomla.org/events/joomla-days/400-joomla-day-vancouver-2008.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Philippines - June 14, 2008&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Hungary - June 20-21, 2008&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Durban - June 20-21, 2008 - Durban, South Africa&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Brasil - August 16, 2008 - São Paulo/SP, Brazil&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day San Francisco - September 20, 2008 - San Francisco, California, USA&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Johannesburg - October 18, 2008 - Johannesburg, South Africa&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Turkey - October 25, 2008&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Switzerland - November 15, 2008&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Sweden - November 15, 2008&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Nigeria - November 19, 2008&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 2009 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(23 Events)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Turkey - January 10, 2009 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Melbourne - February 7-8, 2009 - Melbourne, Australia [http://community.joomla.org/events/joomla-days/641-joomladay-melbourne-2009.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day UK (2) - March 13-14, 2009 - Maidstone, England, United Kingdom&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Las Vegas - April 4, 2009 - Las Vegas, Nevada, USA [http://lasvegas.joomladayusa.org/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day India - April 25, 2009 - Pune, India [http://community.joomla.org/blogs/community/811-joomla-day-pune-india-a-big-success.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Sweden - May 15-16, 2009 - Stockholm, Sweden&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day France - May 24, 2009 - Paris, France&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day New England - May 30, 2009 - Brattleboro, Vermont, USA [http://community.joomla.org/events/joomla-days/771-joomladay-new-england-2009.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Netherlands (4) - June 12-13, 2009 - Nieuwegein, Netherlands&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Cape Town - August 14, 2009 - Cape Town, South Africia&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Bangkok - August 22-23, 2009 - Bangkok, Thailand [http://www.flickr.com/photos/laithaiphoto/sets/72157622115004400/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Brasil - September, 12, 2009 - Rio de Janeiro/RJ, Brazil &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Germany - September, 24 - 26, 2009 - Bad Nauheim, Germany&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Mongolia - September 29-30, 2009 - Ulan Bataar, Mongolia&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Norway - October ?, 2009 - Drammen, Norway&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Gauteng - October 8-10, 2009 - Gauteng, South Africa&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Hungary - October 10, 2009 - Budapest, Hungary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day New York - October 12, 2009 - New York, New York, USA [http://community.joomla.org/events/joomla-days/912-joomla-day-new-york.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Sydney - October 17-18, 2009 - Sydney, Australia [http://sydney.joomladay.org.au/groups/viewgroup/5-Welcome+to+Sydney+JoomlaDay+17%2B18+Oct+2009]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Vietnam - November 1, 2009 - Hồ Chí Minh City, Vietnam [http://community.joomla.org/events/joomla-days/1056-joomladay-vietnam-2009.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Italy - November 21, 2009 - Rome, Italy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Spain (2) - December 11-12, 2009 - Barcelona, Spain [http://www.joomladay.info/2009/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Nigeria - December 12, 2009 - Lagos, Nigeria&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 2010 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(17 Events)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Melbourne - February 12-14, 2010 - Melbourne, Australia [http://community.joomla.org/events/joomla-days/1102-joomladay-melbourne-2010.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day France - March 21, 2010 - Bordeaux, France&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Spain (3) - April 9-10, 2010 - Mallorca, Spain [http://www.joomladay.cat/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Netherlands (5) - April 23-24, 2010 - Utrecht, Netherlands [http://www.joomladagen.nl/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Sweden - April 23-24, 2010 - Stockholm, Sweden [http://www.joomladay.se/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Norway - June 4-5, 2010 - Drammen, Norway [http://www.joomladay.no/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day New England - June 5, 2010 - Marlboro, Vermont, USA&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Brisbane - June 18-19, 2010 - Brisbane, Australia&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Brasil - September 11-12, 2010 - Brasília/DF, Brazil [http://www.joomladaybrasil.org/2010]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day USA West - October 1-3, 2010 - San Jose, California, USA [http://www.joomladaywest.com/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Italy - October 9, 2010 - Verona, Italy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day DC - October 16, 2010 - Chevy Chase, Maryland, USA [http://www.joomladaydc.com]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Denmark - October 29-30, 2010 - Kolding, Denmark [http://www.joomladay.dk]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day UK (3) - October 30-31, 2010 - Ipswich, England, United Kingdom&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Bangkok - November 13-14, 2010 - Bangkok, Thailand [http://www.joomladay.in.th/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Spain (4) - November 26-27, 2010 - Valencia, Spain [http://www.joomladay2010.es/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day NYC - December 4-5, 2010 - New York City, New York, USA&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Nigeria - December 11, 2010 - Lagos, Nigeria&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 2011 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(29 Events)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Chile - January 18, 2011 - Santiago, Chile [http://www.joomladay-chile.cl/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Night Stockholm - February 4, 2011 - Stockholm, Sweden&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day India - March 12-13, 2011 - Pune, Maharashtra, India [http://www.joomladay.co.in]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Netherlands (6) - April 2-3, 2011 - Doorn, Netherlands [http://www.joomladagen.nl/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day New England - April 2, 2011 - Brattleboro, Vermont, USA [http://www.joomladaynewengland.org]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:JoomlaDayNEProgram2011-schedule.jpg]] &lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:JoomlaDayNEProgram2011-speakers.jpg]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day France - April 2-3, 2011 - Lyon, France [http://www.joomladay.fr/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Algeria - April 19 2011 - Alger, Algeria [http://www.joomladayalgerie.com/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Greece - May 28-29, 2011 - Athens, Greece [http://joomladay.gr/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Malaysia - June 25, 2011 - Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia [http://www.joomla-day.org.my/2011/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Night Chile - July 6, 2011 - Santiago, Chile [http://joomlanight-chile.cl/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Chicago - August 5-6, 2011 - Chicago, Illinois, USA [http://www.joomladaychicago.com]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Norway - August 12-13, 2011 - Drammen, Norway [http://www.joomladay.no/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Bosnia and Herzegovina - August 12-14, 2011 - Tesanj, Bosnia [http://www.joomla.ba/konferencija]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Cape Town - August  19-20, 2011 - Cape Town, South Africa [http://www.joomladay.org.za/] [http://www.joomladay.org.za/talks-sessions/programme.html programme]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Germany - September 2-3, 2011 - Hamburg, Germany [http://www.joomladay.de]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Brasil - September 2-4, 2011 - Florianópolis/SC, Brazil [http://www.joomladaybrasil.org/2011]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Austin - September 15, 2011 - Austin, Texas, USA [http://www.joomladayaustin.com]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day UK - September 24-25, 2011 - London, England [http://www.joomladayuk2011.org]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Israel - October 10, 2011 - Tel Aviv, Israel [http://jday11.joomla.org.il]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Italy - October 22, 2011 - Florence, Italy [http://www.joomladay.it]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day NYC - October 22-23, 2011 - New York City, New York, USA [http://www.joomladaynyc.com]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Denmark - October 28-29, 2011 - Kolding, Denmark [http://www.joomladay.dk]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Australia - November 5-6, 2011 - Sydney, Australia [http://sydney.joomladay.org.au/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Finland - November 5, 2011 - Helsinki, Finland [http://joomladayfinland.com/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Spain - November 9-10, 2011 - Zaragoza, Spain [http://www.joomladay2011.es/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Midwest - November 12, 2011 - Milwaukee, Wisconsin, USA [http://www.joomladaymidwest.org]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Algeria - November 19, 2011 - Oran, Algeria [http://www.joomladayoran.com/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Los Angeles - December 3, 2011 - Los Angeles, California, USA [http://www.jdayla.com]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Lagos  - December 17, 2011 - Lagos, Nigeria [http://joomlang.com/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 2012 ==&lt;br /&gt;
(29 events)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Chile - January 19, 2012 - Santiago, Chile&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Bangkok - February 25, 2012 - Bangkok, Thailand [http://www.joomladay.in.th]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Guatemala - February 29 - March 3, 2012 - Guatemala City, Guatemala [http://www.joomlagt.org/joomladay2012/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day France - March 24, 2012 - Strasbourg, France [http://www.joomladay.fr/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day New England - March 31, 2012 - Brattleboro, Vermont, USA [http://www.joomladaynewengland.org/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Iran - April 12, 2012 - Mashhad, Iran [http://www.joomladay.ir]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Netherlands (7) - April 21-22, 2012 - Zeist, Netherlands [http://www.joomladagen.nl/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Ribeirão Preto - May 11-12, 2012 - Ribeirão Preto, Brasil [http://jdrp.unaerp.br/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Sweden - May 26, 2012 - Stockholm, Sweden [http://www.joomladay.se/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day China 2012 - June 2, 2012 - Pudong, China [http://joomla.51qiangzuo.com/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Greece 2012 - June 2-3, 2012 - Athens, Greece [http://joomladay.gr]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Togo - June 14, 2012 - Assahoun, Togo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Mexico - June 22-23, 2012 - Mexico City, Mexico [http://www.joomladaymexico.org/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Chicago - August 10-11, 2012 - Chicago, Illinois, USA [http://joomladaychicago.com]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Cape Town - August 17-18, 2012 - Cape Town, South Africa [http://www.joomladay.org.za]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Colombia - September 06, 2012 - Cali, Colombia [http://www.joomladay.com.co/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Brasil - September 07-08, 2012 - Belo Horizonte, Minas Gerais, Brasil [http://www.joomladaybrasil.org/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Poland - September 22-23, 2012 - Poznań, Poland [http://www.joomla-day.pl/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day NYC - September 22-23, 2012 - New York, New York, USA [http://www.joomladaynyc.com/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Spain - September 28-29, 2012 - Mérida, Spain [http://www.joomladayspain.com/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Italy - September 29, 2012 - Turin, Italy [http://www.joomladay.it/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Turkey - September 29, 2012 - Konya, Turkey [http://www.joomla.org.tr/en/Konya]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Germany - October 05-06, 2012 - Berlin, Germany [http://www.joomladay.de/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Israel - October 10, 2012- Tel Aviv, Israel [http://jday.joomla.org.il]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Bulgaria - October 13, 2012 - Sofia, Bulgaria [http://joomladay.bg/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Australia - October 20-21, 2012 - Sydney, Australia [http://sydney.joomladay.org.au/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Denmark - October 26-27, 2012 - Kolding, Denmark [http://www.joomladay.dk]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day Iran - November 15, 2012 - Kerman, Iran [http://www.joomladay.ir/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla World Conference - November 16-18, 2012 - San Jose, California, USA [http://conference.joomla.org]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 2013 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day North Carolina - February 23, 2013 - Raleigh, North Carolina, USA [http://joomladaync.org]&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla!Day New England - April 13, 2013 - Brattleboro, Vermont, USA [http://www.joomladaynewengland.org/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Events Working Group]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Events]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>219jondn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Joomla_3_FAQ&amp;diff=75986</id>
		<title>Joomla 3 FAQ</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Joomla_3_FAQ&amp;diff=75986"/>
		<updated>2012-09-27T16:03:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;219jondn: moved TOC to right&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{RightTOC}}&lt;br /&gt;
==What are the major differences between Joomla 2.5 and 3.0?==&lt;br /&gt;
The most noticeable difference is the totally revamped administrator, which is updated to a modern design with many simpler and more friendly user-interfaces.  Also, Joomla 3.0 is now mobile friendly and can be used with any modern device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are dozens of improvements to the details of all of Joomla, such as a new installer which you will notice when creating a new Joomla 3.0 install.  Finally, Joomla 3.0 is packed with goodies for extension developers,  such as Bootstrap support and jQuery support.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==I&#039;m building a brand new site. Should I launch a Joomla 2.5 site or a 3.0 site?==&lt;br /&gt;
Launch a 2.5 site if you want the most stable that Joomla has to offer and/or possibly if you plan on using many extensions.  Launch a 3.0 site if all the extensions that you plan to use are Joomla 3.0 compatible.  Only some template providers or the extension vendors will be ready for Joomla 3.0 at launching, however most will not be ready until days, weeks or months after.  (See the “How do I find Joomla 3.0 compatible extensions?” FAQ for more information)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==If I launch a Joomla 3.0 site, will I be able to install extensions?==&lt;br /&gt;
Yes, you will be able to install extensions compatible with Joomla 3.0.  The [http://extensions.joomla.org Joomla Extension Directory (JED)] will have Joomla 3.0 compatible icons to know which extensions are Joomla 3.0 compatible; however, the best place to check is the developer’s site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How do I get a Joomla 3.0 template?==&lt;br /&gt;
Some template companies will be offering Joomla 3 templates either right away or shortly after release, but you will need to ask each one.  Some have already announced that their templates will be ready for Joomla 3 when it is released, but others have not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How do I find Joomla 3.0 compatible extensions?==&lt;br /&gt;
Visit [http://extensions.joomla.org Joomla Extension Directory (JED)], which will have Joomla 3.0 compatible icons to let you know which extensions are Joomla 3.0 compatible; however, the best place to check is your extension developer’s site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Will my Joomla 2.5 extensions work with Joomla 3.0?==&lt;br /&gt;
Extensions that are native to Joomla 2.5 should work on Joomla 3.0 with very little change, if any.  Components and templates will need the most work, while modules and plugins should work without issue (assuming they do not use deprecated methods).  Extensions that support Joomla 2.5 and 1.5 in the same package will likely not work right away, until the developers update them for Joomla 3 compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, it depends on the extension.  The Joomla Project has made the process relatively easy for most extensions, however for some extensions it’s going to take some work.  To be certain, let the developers of the extensions know that you want to use their extension on Joomla 3 and consult with their documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What happens if I launch a Joomla 3.0 site, but the extension I want is for a 2.5 site?==&lt;br /&gt;
You need to speak with the extension developer to see if they have plans to release for Joomla 3 in the immediate future. Developers do have to make some changes but how extensive they are depends on the extension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Should I update from 2.5?==&lt;br /&gt;
In most cases, probably not.  Joomla 2.5 will continue be supported until spring of 2014 and you can update directly to Joomla 3 once it’s tried-and-tested thoroughly by other users.  You can even wait until Joomla 3.5 which will be released in a year from now and still get a direct upgrade.  The only reason you should update is if you need Joomla 3’s features or want to be on the leading edge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==I have a 2.5 site and I see a that the Joomla update manager lets me upgrade to 3.0; should I do it since it’s letting me?==&lt;br /&gt;
Not unless you’re 1000% sure.  By default, Joomla will not let you update to 3.0 unless you activate the option within the Joomla! Update component (administrator &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Component &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Joomla! Update &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Update server &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Short Term Support).  If for some reason you’ve changed this, and you’d like the updater to stop letting you upgrade, change the setting to Long Term Support.  After making this change, you’ll only receive updates for Joomla 2.5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What’s next after Joomla 3.0?==&lt;br /&gt;
In 6 months, Joomla 3.1 will be released.  If you’re on Joomla 3.0, you will need to upgrade to 3.1 at that time using the one-click upgrader. If you’re still on Joomla 2.5, you can continue to wait until Joomla 3.5 and still get a direct upgrade.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Okay, I’m ready and want to upgrade. How do I do the upgrade?==&lt;br /&gt;
*First, review the [http://www.joomla.org/technical-requirements.html system requirements] for Joomla 3.0 and make sure that your server environment meets those requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
*Second, make sure that all your extensions (especially, your templates) are Joomla 3.0 compatible.&lt;br /&gt;
*Third, consult a trusted developer if you’re not 100% certain about anything.&lt;br /&gt;
*Fourth, create a test site and test the upgrade on the test site first.&lt;br /&gt;
*Fifth, make a full backup of your site (files and database).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once ready, go to the Joomla! Update component.  Click on options and change the setting to Short Term Support.  Save.  You should be notified of the availability of Joomla 3.0.  Click the button to install. Clear your browser’s cache to make sure you see the latest changes.  That’s it!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, double check and make sure that everything is working properly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: On some hosts you may need to use alternative update methods such as using the extensions installer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==But what if I’m on Joomla 1.5.  Will my site break?  Do I migrate to 2.5 or 3.0?==&lt;br /&gt;
Support for Joomla 1.5 is officially about to end.  Does that mean your 1.5 site will stop working?  No, your site will continue to work as it always has.  However, Joomla’s developers will not be releasing new versions for Joomla 1.5, so you won’t be getting bug fixes or security fixes.  For this reason, it’s recommended to migrate from 1.5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moving from 2.5 to any Joomla 3 version is relatively simple, since Joomla has made the process easy for newer versions.  Unfortunately, moving from 1.5 is not a trivial task.  Fortunately, there are two good extensions that make the process easier: [http://extensions.joomla.org/extensions/migration-a-conversion/joomla-migration/11658 jUpgrade] and [http://extensions.joomla.org/extensions/migration-a-conversion/joomla-migration/15609 SP Upgrade].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have a choice of going straight to Joomla 3.0 or going to 2.5 first.  Both [http://extensions.joomla.org/extensions/migration-a-conversion/joomla-migration/15609 SP Upgrade] and [http://extensions.joomla.org/extensions/migration-a-conversion/joomla-migration/11658 jUpgrade] have versions ready for both versions.  Please consult with their documentation on how to migrate from Joomla 1.5 to 3.0/2.5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Migrate to Joomla 3.0 if all the extensions that you plan to use are Joomla 3.0 compatible.  Only some template providers or the extension vendors will be ready for Joomla 3.0 at launch, however most will not be ready until days, weeks or months after.  (See the “How do I find Joomla 3.0 compatible extensions?” FAQ for more information)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Migrate to Joomla 2.5 if you want the most stable that Joomla has to offer and/or if you plan on using many extensions.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>219jondn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Joomla_3_FAQ&amp;diff=75985</id>
		<title>Joomla 3 FAQ</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Joomla_3_FAQ&amp;diff=75985"/>
		<updated>2012-09-27T16:02:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;219jondn: added links to article&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==What are the major differences between Joomla 2.5 and 3.0?==&lt;br /&gt;
The most noticeable difference is the totally revamped administrator, which is updated to a modern design with many simpler and more friendly user-interfaces.  Also, Joomla 3.0 is now mobile friendly and can be used with any modern device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are dozens of improvements to the details of all of Joomla, such as a new installer which you will notice when creating a new Joomla 3.0 install.  Finally, Joomla 3.0 is packed with goodies for extension developers,  such as Bootstrap support and jQuery support.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==I&#039;m building a brand new site. Should I launch a Joomla 2.5 site or a 3.0 site?==&lt;br /&gt;
Launch a 2.5 site if you want the most stable that Joomla has to offer and/or possibly if you plan on using many extensions.  Launch a 3.0 site if all the extensions that you plan to use are Joomla 3.0 compatible.  Only some template providers or the extension vendors will be ready for Joomla 3.0 at launching, however most will not be ready until days, weeks or months after.  (See the “How do I find Joomla 3.0 compatible extensions?” FAQ for more information)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==If I launch a Joomla 3.0 site, will I be able to install extensions?==&lt;br /&gt;
Yes, you will be able to install extensions compatible with Joomla 3.0.  The [http://extensions.joomla.org Joomla Extension Directory (JED)] will have Joomla 3.0 compatible icons to know which extensions are Joomla 3.0 compatible; however, the best place to check is the developer’s site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How do I get a Joomla 3.0 template?==&lt;br /&gt;
Some template companies will be offering Joomla 3 templates either right away or shortly after release, but you will need to ask each one.  Some have already announced that their templates will be ready for Joomla 3 when it is released, but others have not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How do I find Joomla 3.0 compatible extensions?==&lt;br /&gt;
Visit [http://extensions.joomla.org Joomla Extension Directory (JED)], which will have Joomla 3.0 compatible icons to let you know which extensions are Joomla 3.0 compatible; however, the best place to check is your extension developer’s site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Will my Joomla 2.5 extensions work with Joomla 3.0?==&lt;br /&gt;
Extensions that are native to Joomla 2.5 should work on Joomla 3.0 with very little change, if any.  Components and templates will need the most work, while modules and plugins should work without issue (assuming they do not use deprecated methods).  Extensions that support Joomla 2.5 and 1.5 in the same package will likely not work right away, until the developers update them for Joomla 3 compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, it depends on the extension.  The Joomla Project has made the process relatively easy for most extensions, however for some extensions it’s going to take some work.  To be certain, let the developers of the extensions know that you want to use their extension on Joomla 3 and consult with their documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What happens if I launch a Joomla 3.0 site, but the extension I want is for a 2.5 site?==&lt;br /&gt;
You need to speak with the extension developer to see if they have plans to release for Joomla 3 in the immediate future. Developers do have to make some changes but how extensive they are depends on the extension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Should I update from 2.5?==&lt;br /&gt;
In most cases, probably not.  Joomla 2.5 will continue be supported until spring of 2014 and you can update directly to Joomla 3 once it’s tried-and-tested thoroughly by other users.  You can even wait until Joomla 3.5 which will be released in a year from now and still get a direct upgrade.  The only reason you should update is if you need Joomla 3’s features or want to be on the leading edge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==I have a 2.5 site and I see a that the Joomla update manager lets me upgrade to 3.0; should I do it since it’s letting me?==&lt;br /&gt;
Not unless you’re 1000% sure.  By default, Joomla will not let you update to 3.0 unless you activate the option within the Joomla! Update component (administrator &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Component &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Joomla! Update &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Update server &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Short Term Support).  If for some reason you’ve changed this, and you’d like the updater to stop letting you upgrade, change the setting to Long Term Support.  After making this change, you’ll only receive updates for Joomla 2.5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What’s next after Joomla 3.0?==&lt;br /&gt;
In 6 months, Joomla 3.1 will be released.  If you’re on Joomla 3.0, you will need to upgrade to 3.1 at that time using the one-click upgrader. If you’re still on Joomla 2.5, you can continue to wait until Joomla 3.5 and still get a direct upgrade.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Okay, I’m ready and want to upgrade. How do I do the upgrade?==&lt;br /&gt;
*First, review the [http://www.joomla.org/technical-requirements.html system requirements] for Joomla 3.0 and make sure that your server environment meets those requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
*Second, make sure that all your extensions (especially, your templates) are Joomla 3.0 compatible.&lt;br /&gt;
*Third, consult a trusted developer if you’re not 100% certain about anything.&lt;br /&gt;
*Fourth, create a test site and test the upgrade on the test site first.&lt;br /&gt;
*Fifth, make a full backup of your site (files and database).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once ready, go to the Joomla! Update component.  Click on options and change the setting to Short Term Support.  Save.  You should be notified of the availability of Joomla 3.0.  Click the button to install. Clear your browser’s cache to make sure you see the latest changes.  That’s it!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, double check and make sure that everything is working properly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: On some hosts you may need to use alternative update methods such as using the extensions installer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==But what if I’m on Joomla 1.5.  Will my site break?  Do I migrate to 2.5 or 3.0?==&lt;br /&gt;
Support for Joomla 1.5 is officially about to end.  Does that mean your 1.5 site will stop working?  No, your site will continue to work as it always has.  However, Joomla’s developers will not be releasing new versions for Joomla 1.5, so you won’t be getting bug fixes or security fixes.  For this reason, it’s recommended to migrate from 1.5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moving from 2.5 to any Joomla 3 version is relatively simple, since Joomla has made the process easy for newer versions.  Unfortunately, moving from 1.5 is not a trivial task.  Fortunately, there are two good extensions that make the process easier: [http://extensions.joomla.org/extensions/migration-a-conversion/joomla-migration/11658 jUpgrade] and [http://extensions.joomla.org/extensions/migration-a-conversion/joomla-migration/15609 SP Upgrade].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have a choice of going straight to Joomla 3.0 or going to 2.5 first.  Both [http://extensions.joomla.org/extensions/migration-a-conversion/joomla-migration/15609 SP Upgrade] and [http://extensions.joomla.org/extensions/migration-a-conversion/joomla-migration/11658 jUpgrade] have versions ready for both versions.  Please consult with their documentation on how to migrate from Joomla 1.5 to 3.0/2.5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Migrate to Joomla 3.0 if all the extensions that you plan to use are Joomla 3.0 compatible.  Only some template providers or the extension vendors will be ready for Joomla 3.0 at launch, however most will not be ready until days, weeks or months after.  (See the “How do I find Joomla 3.0 compatible extensions?” FAQ for more information)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Migrate to Joomla 2.5 if you want the most stable that Joomla has to offer and/or if you plan on using many extensions.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>219jondn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Joomla_3_FAQ&amp;diff=75984</id>
		<title>Joomla 3 FAQ</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Joomla_3_FAQ&amp;diff=75984"/>
		<updated>2012-09-27T16:00:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;219jondn: /* If I launch a Joomla 3.0 site, will I be able to install extensions? */  added JED link&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==What are the major differences between Joomla 2.5 and 3.0?==&lt;br /&gt;
The most noticeable difference is the totally revamped administrator, which is updated to a modern design with many simpler and more friendly user-interfaces.  Also, Joomla 3.0 is now mobile friendly and can be used with any modern device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are dozens of improvements to the details of all of Joomla, such as a new installer which you will notice when creating a new Joomla 3.0 install.  Finally, Joomla 3.0 is packed with goodies for extension developers,  such as Bootstrap support and jQuery support.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==I&#039;m building a brand new site. Should I launch a Joomla 2.5 site or a 3.0 site?==&lt;br /&gt;
Launch a 2.5 site if you want the most stable that Joomla has to offer and/or possibly if you plan on using many extensions.  Launch a 3.0 site if all the extensions that you plan to use are Joomla 3.0 compatible.  Only some template providers or the extension vendors will be ready for Joomla 3.0 at launching, however most will not be ready until days, weeks or months after.  (See the “How do I find Joomla 3.0 compatible extensions?” FAQ for more information)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==If I launch a Joomla 3.0 site, will I be able to install extensions?==&lt;br /&gt;
Yes, you will be able to install extensions compatible with Joomla 3.0.  The [http://extensions.joomla.org Joomla Extension Directory (JED)] will have Joomla 3.0 compatible icons to know which extensions are Joomla 3.0 compatible; however, the best place to check is the developer’s site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How do I get a Joomla 3.0 template?==&lt;br /&gt;
Some template companies will be offering Joomla 3 templates either right away or shortly after release, but you will need to ask each one.  Some have already announced that their templates will be ready for Joomla 3 when it is released, but others have not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How do I find Joomla 3.0 compatible extensions?==&lt;br /&gt;
Visit Joomla Extension Directory (JED), which will have Joomla 3.0 compatible icons to let you know which extensions are Joomla 3.0 compatible; however, the best place to check is your extension developer’s site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Will my Joomla 2.5 extensions work with Joomla 3.0?==&lt;br /&gt;
Extensions that are native to Joomla 2.5 should work on Joomla 3.0 with very little change, if any.  Components and templates will need the most work, while modules and plugins should work without issue (assuming they do not use deprecated methods).  Extensions that support Joomla 2.5 and 1.5 in the same package will likely not work right away, until the developers update them for Joomla 3 compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, it depends on the extension.  The Joomla Project has made the process relatively easy for most extensions, however for some extensions it’s going to take some work.  To be certain, let the developers of the extensions know that you want to use their extension on Joomla 3 and consult with their documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What happens if I launch a Joomla 3.0 site, but the extension I want is for a 2.5 site?==&lt;br /&gt;
You need to speak with the extension developer to see if they have plans to release for Joomla 3 in the immediate future. Developers do have to make some changes but how extensive they are depends on the extension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Should I update from 2.5?==&lt;br /&gt;
In most cases, probably not.  Joomla 2.5 will continue be supported until spring of 2014 and you can update directly to Joomla 3 once it’s tried-and-tested thoroughly by other users.  You can even wait until Joomla 3.5 which will be released in a year from now and still get a direct upgrade.  The only reason you should update is if you need Joomla 3’s features or want to be on the leading edge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==I have a 2.5 site and I see a that the Joomla update manager lets me upgrade to 3.0; should I do it since it’s letting me?==&lt;br /&gt;
Not unless you’re 1000% sure.  By default, Joomla will not let you update to 3.0 unless you activate the option within the Joomla! Update component (administrator &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Component &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Joomla! Update &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Update server &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Short Term Support).  If for some reason you’ve changed this, and you’d like the updater to stop letting you upgrade, change the setting to Long Term Support.  After making this change, you’ll only receive updates for Joomla 2.5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What’s next after Joomla 3.0?==&lt;br /&gt;
In 6 months, Joomla 3.1 will be released.  If you’re on Joomla 3.0, you will need to upgrade to 3.1 at that time using the one-click upgrader. If you’re still on Joomla 2.5, you can continue to wait until Joomla 3.5 and still get a direct upgrade.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Okay, I’m ready and want to upgrade. How do I do the upgrade?==&lt;br /&gt;
*First, review the system requirements for Joomla 3.0 and make sure that your server environment meets those requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
*Second, make sure that all your extensions (especially, your templates) are Joomla 3.0 compatible.&lt;br /&gt;
*Third, consult a trusted developer if you’re not 100% certain about anything.&lt;br /&gt;
*Fourth, create a test site and test the upgrade on the test site first.&lt;br /&gt;
*Fifth, make a full backup of your site (files and database).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once ready, go to the Joomla! Update component.  Click on options and change the setting to Short Term Support.  Save.  You should be notified of the availability of Joomla 3.0.  Click the button to install. Clear your browser’s cache to make sure you see the latest changes.  That’s it!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, double check and make sure that everything is working properly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: On some hosts you may need to use alternative update methods such as using the extensions installer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==But what if I’m on Joomla 1.5.  Will my site break?  Do I migrate to 2.5 or 3.0?==&lt;br /&gt;
Support for Joomla 1.5 is officially about to end.  Does that mean your 1.5 site will stop working?  No, your site will continue to work as it always has.  However, Joomla’s developers will not be releasing new versions for Joomla 1.5, so you won’t be getting bug fixes or security fixes.  For this reason, it’s recommended to migrate from 1.5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moving from 2.5 to any Joomla 3 version is relatively simple, since Joomla has made the process easy for newer versions.  Unfortunately, moving from 1.5 is not a trivial task.  Fortunately, there are two good extensions that make the process easier: jUpgrade and SP Upgrade.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have a choice of going straight to Joomla 3.0 or going to 2.5 first.  Both SP Upgrade and jUpgrade have versions ready for both versions.  Please consult with their documentation on how to migrate from Joomla 1.5 to 3.0/2.5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Migrate to Joomla 3.0 if all the extensions that you plan to use are Joomla 3.0 compatible.  Only some template providers or the extension vendors will be ready for Joomla 3.0 at launch, however most will not be ready until days, weeks or months after.  (See the “How do I find Joomla 3.0 compatible extensions?” FAQ for more information)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Migrate to Joomla 2.5 if you want the most stable that Joomla has to offer and/or if you plan on using many extensions.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>219jondn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Joomla_3_FAQ&amp;diff=75983</id>
		<title>Joomla 3 FAQ</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Joomla_3_FAQ&amp;diff=75983"/>
		<updated>2012-09-27T15:52:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;219jondn: CREATED THE PAGE&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==What are the major differences between Joomla 2.5 and 3.0?==&lt;br /&gt;
The most noticeable difference is the totally revamped administrator, which is updated to a modern design with many simpler and more friendly user-interfaces.  Also, Joomla 3.0 is now mobile friendly and can be used with any modern device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are dozens of improvements to the details of all of Joomla, such as a new installer which you will notice when creating a new Joomla 3.0 install.  Finally, Joomla 3.0 is packed with goodies for extension developers,  such as Bootstrap support and jQuery support.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==I&#039;m building a brand new site. Should I launch a Joomla 2.5 site or a 3.0 site?==&lt;br /&gt;
Launch a 2.5 site if you want the most stable that Joomla has to offer and/or possibly if you plan on using many extensions.  Launch a 3.0 site if all the extensions that you plan to use are Joomla 3.0 compatible.  Only some template providers or the extension vendors will be ready for Joomla 3.0 at launching, however most will not be ready until days, weeks or months after.  (See the “How do I find Joomla 3.0 compatible extensions?” FAQ for more information)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==If I launch a Joomla 3.0 site, will I be able to install extensions?==&lt;br /&gt;
Yes, you will be able to install extensions compatible with Joomla 3.0.  The Joomla Extension Directory (JED) will have Joomla 3.0 compatible icons to know which extensions are Joomla 3.0 compatible; however, the best place to check is the developer’s site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How do I get a Joomla 3.0 template?==&lt;br /&gt;
Some template companies will be offering Joomla 3 templates either right away or shortly after release, but you will need to ask each one.  Some have already announced that their templates will be ready for Joomla 3 when it is released, but others have not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How do I find Joomla 3.0 compatible extensions?==&lt;br /&gt;
Visit Joomla Extension Directory (JED), which will have Joomla 3.0 compatible icons to let you know which extensions are Joomla 3.0 compatible; however, the best place to check is your extension developer’s site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Will my Joomla 2.5 extensions work with Joomla 3.0?==&lt;br /&gt;
Extensions that are native to Joomla 2.5 should work on Joomla 3.0 with very little change, if any.  Components and templates will need the most work, while modules and plugins should work without issue (assuming they do not use deprecated methods).  Extensions that support Joomla 2.5 and 1.5 in the same package will likely not work right away, until the developers update them for Joomla 3 compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, it depends on the extension.  The Joomla Project has made the process relatively easy for most extensions, however for some extensions it’s going to take some work.  To be certain, let the developers of the extensions know that you want to use their extension on Joomla 3 and consult with their documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What happens if I launch a Joomla 3.0 site, but the extension I want is for a 2.5 site?==&lt;br /&gt;
You need to speak with the extension developer to see if they have plans to release for Joomla 3 in the immediate future. Developers do have to make some changes but how extensive they are depends on the extension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Should I update from 2.5?==&lt;br /&gt;
In most cases, probably not.  Joomla 2.5 will continue be supported until spring of 2014 and you can update directly to Joomla 3 once it’s tried-and-tested thoroughly by other users.  You can even wait until Joomla 3.5 which will be released in a year from now and still get a direct upgrade.  The only reason you should update is if you need Joomla 3’s features or want to be on the leading edge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==I have a 2.5 site and I see a that the Joomla update manager lets me upgrade to 3.0; should I do it since it’s letting me?==&lt;br /&gt;
Not unless you’re 1000% sure.  By default, Joomla will not let you update to 3.0 unless you activate the option within the Joomla! Update component (administrator &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Component &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Joomla! Update &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Update server &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Short Term Support).  If for some reason you’ve changed this, and you’d like the updater to stop letting you upgrade, change the setting to Long Term Support.  After making this change, you’ll only receive updates for Joomla 2.5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What’s next after Joomla 3.0?==&lt;br /&gt;
In 6 months, Joomla 3.1 will be released.  If you’re on Joomla 3.0, you will need to upgrade to 3.1 at that time using the one-click upgrader. If you’re still on Joomla 2.5, you can continue to wait until Joomla 3.5 and still get a direct upgrade.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Okay, I’m ready and want to upgrade. How do I do the upgrade?==&lt;br /&gt;
*First, review the system requirements for Joomla 3.0 and make sure that your server environment meets those requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
*Second, make sure that all your extensions (especially, your templates) are Joomla 3.0 compatible.&lt;br /&gt;
*Third, consult a trusted developer if you’re not 100% certain about anything.&lt;br /&gt;
*Fourth, create a test site and test the upgrade on the test site first.&lt;br /&gt;
*Fifth, make a full backup of your site (files and database).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once ready, go to the Joomla! Update component.  Click on options and change the setting to Short Term Support.  Save.  You should be notified of the availability of Joomla 3.0.  Click the button to install. Clear your browser’s cache to make sure you see the latest changes.  That’s it!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, double check and make sure that everything is working properly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: On some hosts you may need to use alternative update methods such as using the extensions installer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==But what if I’m on Joomla 1.5.  Will my site break?  Do I migrate to 2.5 or 3.0?==&lt;br /&gt;
Support for Joomla 1.5 is officially about to end.  Does that mean your 1.5 site will stop working?  No, your site will continue to work as it always has.  However, Joomla’s developers will not be releasing new versions for Joomla 1.5, so you won’t be getting bug fixes or security fixes.  For this reason, it’s recommended to migrate from 1.5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moving from 2.5 to any Joomla 3 version is relatively simple, since Joomla has made the process easy for newer versions.  Unfortunately, moving from 1.5 is not a trivial task.  Fortunately, there are two good extensions that make the process easier: jUpgrade and SP Upgrade.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have a choice of going straight to Joomla 3.0 or going to 2.5 first.  Both SP Upgrade and jUpgrade have versions ready for both versions.  Please consult with their documentation on how to migrate from Joomla 1.5 to 3.0/2.5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Migrate to Joomla 3.0 if all the extensions that you plan to use are Joomla 3.0 compatible.  Only some template providers or the extension vendors will be ready for Joomla 3.0 at launch, however most will not be ready until days, weeks or months after.  (See the “How do I find Joomla 3.0 compatible extensions?” FAQ for more information)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Migrate to Joomla 2.5 if you want the most stable that Joomla has to offer and/or if you plan on using many extensions.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>219jondn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=71736</id>
		<title>Help310:Content Article Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=71736"/>
		<updated>2012-08-23T20:22:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;219jondn: /* Sorting */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{RightTOC}}&lt;br /&gt;
Used for creating new, editing, managing order, publishing, unpublishing and setting global options of articles shown on a Joomla website.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Article Manager icon in the Control Panel&lt;br /&gt;
Select Content → Article Manger from the drop-down menu of the Joomla! Administrator Panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Article Manager is used to add and edit articles. See [[#Toolbar|Toolbar]] below for a detailed list of all functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager.png|screenshot of the article manager in Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the top right you will see a toolbar with several useful functions for article management.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-toolbar.png|Article manager toolbar in Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
* New - Opens the editing screen to create a new article.&lt;br /&gt;
* Edit - Opens the editing screen for the selected article. If more than one article is selected (where applicable), only the first article will be opened. The editing screen can also be opened by clicking on the Title or Name of the article.&lt;br /&gt;
* Publish - Makes the selected articles available to visitors to your website.&lt;br /&gt;
* Unpublish - Makes the selected articles unavailable to visitors to your website.&lt;br /&gt;
* Featured - Marks selected articles as featured. Works with one or multiple articles selected.&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive - Changes the status of the selected articles to indicate that they are archived. Archived articles can be moved back to the published or unpublished state by selecting &amp;quot;Archived&amp;quot; in the Select Status filter and changing the status of the articles to Published or Unpublished as preferred.&lt;br /&gt;
* Check In - Checks-in the selected articles. Works with one or multiple articles selected.&lt;br /&gt;
* Trash - Changes the status of the selected articles to indicate that they are trashed. Trashed articles can still be recovered by selecting &amp;quot;Trashed&amp;quot; in the Select Status filter and changing the status of the articles to Published or Unpublished as preferred. To permanently delete trashed articles, select &amp;quot;Trashed&amp;quot; in the Select Status filter, select the articles to be permanently deleted, then click the Empty Trash toolbar icon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Batch - reveals options to perform batch operations on selected articles.  See [[#Batch Processes|Batch Operations]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Options - Opens the Options window where settings such as default parameters can be edited.&lt;br /&gt;
* Help - Opens this help screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Search &amp;amp; Sorting==&lt;br /&gt;
Directly above the list of articles, you will find options to search the article list, as well as sort the list based on a variety of parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-search.png|search function in the article manager for Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the Search option to quickly search the Article list by article title, alias, or ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sorting===&lt;br /&gt;
Use the sorting options to adjust the order of the Article list to your preferences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-ordering.png|Ordering articles in the article manager for Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several options for sorting the articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ordering - sort articles by their article manager order.  See [[Ordering Articles]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Status - sort articles by their publication status.&lt;br /&gt;
* Title - sort articles in alphabetical order by their title&lt;br /&gt;
* Category - sort articles in alphabetical order by their category&lt;br /&gt;
* Access - sort articles by their User Access Level&lt;br /&gt;
* Language - sort articles by their language.&lt;br /&gt;
* Date - sort articles in chronological order by date&lt;br /&gt;
* ID - sort articles in numerical order by article ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With a sorting parameter chosen, you can also determine if articles will be shown in ascending or descending order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also determine how many articles are shown, with optional increments of 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 50, 100, or All.  The default number is 20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters==&lt;br /&gt;
Another method of viewing only the articles you want to see is by filtering the list to only view articles that meet specific criteria.  You can use the List Filters option on the left hand side of the articles list to accomplish this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-filters.png|Filters Options for the article manager in Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The options to filter the article list are:&lt;br /&gt;
* Status - only view articles with a specific publication status&lt;br /&gt;
* Category - only view articles from a specific category&lt;br /&gt;
* Access - only view articles with a specific User Access Level&lt;br /&gt;
* Author - only view articles written or created by a specific user&lt;br /&gt;
* Language - only view articles assigned to a specific language&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can &amp;quot;mix-and-match&amp;quot; these filters to narrow the list of articles down to only those you want to see&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Batch Processes==&lt;br /&gt;
Batch Processing allows you to make a set of changes in bulk to a selected group of articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-batch.png|Batch Processes in the article manager for Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several Batch Operations available:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Set Access Level - change or set the access level for the articles selected&lt;br /&gt;
* Set Language - set or change the language for the articles selected&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Category for Move/Copy - set a category to either move the selected articles to, or copy the selected articles to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With your desired changes selected, you can either move the selected articles to the adjusted parameters, or you can copy (or clone) the selected articles with the adjusted parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|3.0|Article Manager Help Screens|Content Help Screens}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>219jondn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=71735</id>
		<title>Help310:Content Article Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=71735"/>
		<updated>2012-08-23T20:13:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;219jondn: /* Toolbar */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{RightTOC}}&lt;br /&gt;
Used for creating new, editing, managing order, publishing, unpublishing and setting global options of articles shown on a Joomla website.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Article Manager icon in the Control Panel&lt;br /&gt;
Select Content → Article Manger from the drop-down menu of the Joomla! Administrator Panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Article Manager is used to add and edit articles. See [[#Toolbar|Toolbar]] below for a detailed list of all functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager.png|screenshot of the article manager in Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the top right you will see a toolbar with several useful functions for article management.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-toolbar.png|Article manager toolbar in Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
* New - Opens the editing screen to create a new article.&lt;br /&gt;
* Edit - Opens the editing screen for the selected article. If more than one article is selected (where applicable), only the first article will be opened. The editing screen can also be opened by clicking on the Title or Name of the article.&lt;br /&gt;
* Publish - Makes the selected articles available to visitors to your website.&lt;br /&gt;
* Unpublish - Makes the selected articles unavailable to visitors to your website.&lt;br /&gt;
* Featured - Marks selected articles as featured. Works with one or multiple articles selected.&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive - Changes the status of the selected articles to indicate that they are archived. Archived articles can be moved back to the published or unpublished state by selecting &amp;quot;Archived&amp;quot; in the Select Status filter and changing the status of the articles to Published or Unpublished as preferred.&lt;br /&gt;
* Check In - Checks-in the selected articles. Works with one or multiple articles selected.&lt;br /&gt;
* Trash - Changes the status of the selected articles to indicate that they are trashed. Trashed articles can still be recovered by selecting &amp;quot;Trashed&amp;quot; in the Select Status filter and changing the status of the articles to Published or Unpublished as preferred. To permanently delete trashed articles, select &amp;quot;Trashed&amp;quot; in the Select Status filter, select the articles to be permanently deleted, then click the Empty Trash toolbar icon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Batch - reveals options to perform batch operations on selected articles.  See [[#Batch Processes|Batch Operations]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Options - Opens the Options window where settings such as default parameters can be edited.&lt;br /&gt;
* Help - Opens this help screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Search &amp;amp; Sorting==&lt;br /&gt;
Directly above the list of articles, you will find options to search the article list, as well as sort the list based on a variety of parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-search.png|search function in the article manager for Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the Search option to quickly search the Article list by article title, alias, or ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sorting===&lt;br /&gt;
Use the sorting options to adjust the order of the Article list to your preferences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-ordering.png|Ordering articles in the article manager for Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several options for sorting the articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ordering - sort articles by their article manager order.  See Ordering Articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* Status - sort articles by their publication status.&lt;br /&gt;
* Title - sort articles in alphabetical order by their title&lt;br /&gt;
* Category - sort articles in alphabetical order by their category&lt;br /&gt;
* Access - sort articles by their User Access Level&lt;br /&gt;
* Language - sort articles by their language.&lt;br /&gt;
* Date - sort articles in chronological order by date&lt;br /&gt;
* ID - sort articles in numerical order by article ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With a sorting parameter chosen, you can also determine if articles will be shown in ascending or descending order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also determine how many articles are shown, with optional increments of 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 50, 100, or All.  The default number is 20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters==&lt;br /&gt;
Another method of viewing only the articles you want to see is by filtering the list to only view articles that meet specific criteria.  You can use the List Filters option on the left hand side of the articles list to accomplish this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-filters.png|Filters Options for the article manager in Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The options to filter the article list are:&lt;br /&gt;
* Status - only view articles with a specific publication status&lt;br /&gt;
* Category - only view articles from a specific category&lt;br /&gt;
* Access - only view articles with a specific User Access Level&lt;br /&gt;
* Author - only view articles written or created by a specific user&lt;br /&gt;
* Language - only view articles assigned to a specific language&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can &amp;quot;mix-and-match&amp;quot; these filters to narrow the list of articles down to only those you want to see&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Batch Processes==&lt;br /&gt;
Batch Processing allows you to make a set of changes in bulk to a selected group of articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-batch.png|Batch Processes in the article manager for Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several Batch Operations available:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Set Access Level - change or set the access level for the articles selected&lt;br /&gt;
* Set Language - set or change the language for the articles selected&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Category for Move/Copy - set a category to either move the selected articles to, or copy the selected articles to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With your desired changes selected, you can either move the selected articles to the adjusted parameters, or you can copy (or clone) the selected articles with the adjusted parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|3.0|Article Manager Help Screens|Content Help Screens}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>219jondn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=71734</id>
		<title>Help310:Content Article Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=71734"/>
		<updated>2012-08-23T20:12:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;219jondn: /* Description */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{RightTOC}}&lt;br /&gt;
Used for creating new, editing, managing order, publishing, unpublishing and setting global options of articles shown on a Joomla website.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Article Manager icon in the Control Panel&lt;br /&gt;
Select Content → Article Manger from the drop-down menu of the Joomla! Administrator Panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Article Manager is used to add and edit articles. See [[#Toolbar|Toolbar]] below for a detailed list of all functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager.png|screenshot of the article manager in Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the top right you will see a toolbar with several useful functions for article management.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-toolbar.png|Article manager toolbar in Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
* New - Opens the editing screen to create a new article.&lt;br /&gt;
* Edit - Opens the editing screen for the selected article. If more than one article is selected (where applicable), only the first article will be opened. The editing screen can also be opened by clicking on the Title or Name of the article.&lt;br /&gt;
* Publish - Makes the selected articles available to visitors to your website.&lt;br /&gt;
* Unpublish - Makes the selected articles unavailable to visitors to your website.&lt;br /&gt;
* Featured - Marks selected articles as featured. Works with one or multiple articles selected.&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive - Changes the status of the selected articles to indicate that they are archived. Archived articles can be moved back to the published or unpublished state by selecting &amp;quot;Archived&amp;quot; in the Select Status filter and changing the status of the articles to Published or Unpublished as preferred.&lt;br /&gt;
* Check In - Checks-in the selected articles. Works with one or multiple articles selected.&lt;br /&gt;
* Trash - Changes the status of the selected articles to indicate that they are trashed. Trashed articles can still be recovered by selecting &amp;quot;Trashed&amp;quot; in the Select Status filter and changing the status of the articles to Published or Unpublished as preferred. To permanently delete trashed articles, select &amp;quot;Trashed&amp;quot; in the Select Status filter, select the articles to be permanently deleted, then click the Empty Trash toolbar icon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Batch - reveals options to perform batch operations on selected articles.  See Batch Operations&lt;br /&gt;
* Options - Opens the Options window where settings such as default parameters can be edited. See Article Manager Options for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
* Help - Opens this help screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Search &amp;amp; Sorting==&lt;br /&gt;
Directly above the list of articles, you will find options to search the article list, as well as sort the list based on a variety of parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-search.png|search function in the article manager for Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the Search option to quickly search the Article list by article title, alias, or ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sorting===&lt;br /&gt;
Use the sorting options to adjust the order of the Article list to your preferences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-ordering.png|Ordering articles in the article manager for Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several options for sorting the articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ordering - sort articles by their article manager order.  See Ordering Articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* Status - sort articles by their publication status.&lt;br /&gt;
* Title - sort articles in alphabetical order by their title&lt;br /&gt;
* Category - sort articles in alphabetical order by their category&lt;br /&gt;
* Access - sort articles by their User Access Level&lt;br /&gt;
* Language - sort articles by their language.&lt;br /&gt;
* Date - sort articles in chronological order by date&lt;br /&gt;
* ID - sort articles in numerical order by article ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With a sorting parameter chosen, you can also determine if articles will be shown in ascending or descending order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also determine how many articles are shown, with optional increments of 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 50, 100, or All.  The default number is 20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters==&lt;br /&gt;
Another method of viewing only the articles you want to see is by filtering the list to only view articles that meet specific criteria.  You can use the List Filters option on the left hand side of the articles list to accomplish this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-filters.png|Filters Options for the article manager in Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The options to filter the article list are:&lt;br /&gt;
* Status - only view articles with a specific publication status&lt;br /&gt;
* Category - only view articles from a specific category&lt;br /&gt;
* Access - only view articles with a specific User Access Level&lt;br /&gt;
* Author - only view articles written or created by a specific user&lt;br /&gt;
* Language - only view articles assigned to a specific language&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can &amp;quot;mix-and-match&amp;quot; these filters to narrow the list of articles down to only those you want to see&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Batch Processes==&lt;br /&gt;
Batch Processing allows you to make a set of changes in bulk to a selected group of articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-batch.png|Batch Processes in the article manager for Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several Batch Operations available:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Set Access Level - change or set the access level for the articles selected&lt;br /&gt;
* Set Language - set or change the language for the articles selected&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Category for Move/Copy - set a category to either move the selected articles to, or copy the selected articles to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With your desired changes selected, you can either move the selected articles to the adjusted parameters, or you can copy (or clone) the selected articles with the adjusted parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|3.0|Article Manager Help Screens|Content Help Screens}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>219jondn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Category:Help_screen_3.0&amp;diff=71733</id>
		<title>Category:Help screen 3.0</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Category:Help_screen_3.0&amp;diff=71733"/>
		<updated>2012-08-23T19:49:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;219jondn: created page&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Help screens for the Joomla! 3.0.x series.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>219jondn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=71732</id>
		<title>Help310:Content Article Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=71732"/>
		<updated>2012-08-23T19:48:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;219jondn: added categories&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{RightTOC}}&lt;br /&gt;
Used for creating new, editing, managing order, publishing, unpublishing and setting global options of articles shown on a Joomla website.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Article Manager icon in the Control Panel&lt;br /&gt;
Select Content → Article Manger from the drop-down menu of the Joomla! Administrator Panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Article Manager is used to add and edit articles. See Toolbar below for a detailed list of all functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager.png|screenshot of the article manager in Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the top right you will see a toolbar with several useful functions for article management.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-toolbar.png|Article manager toolbar in Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
* New - Opens the editing screen to create a new article.&lt;br /&gt;
* Edit - Opens the editing screen for the selected article. If more than one article is selected (where applicable), only the first article will be opened. The editing screen can also be opened by clicking on the Title or Name of the article.&lt;br /&gt;
* Publish - Makes the selected articles available to visitors to your website.&lt;br /&gt;
* Unpublish - Makes the selected articles unavailable to visitors to your website.&lt;br /&gt;
* Featured - Marks selected articles as featured. Works with one or multiple articles selected.&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive - Changes the status of the selected articles to indicate that they are archived. Archived articles can be moved back to the published or unpublished state by selecting &amp;quot;Archived&amp;quot; in the Select Status filter and changing the status of the articles to Published or Unpublished as preferred.&lt;br /&gt;
* Check In - Checks-in the selected articles. Works with one or multiple articles selected.&lt;br /&gt;
* Trash - Changes the status of the selected articles to indicate that they are trashed. Trashed articles can still be recovered by selecting &amp;quot;Trashed&amp;quot; in the Select Status filter and changing the status of the articles to Published or Unpublished as preferred. To permanently delete trashed articles, select &amp;quot;Trashed&amp;quot; in the Select Status filter, select the articles to be permanently deleted, then click the Empty Trash toolbar icon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Batch - reveals options to perform batch operations on selected articles.  See Batch Operations&lt;br /&gt;
* Options - Opens the Options window where settings such as default parameters can be edited. See Article Manager Options for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
* Help - Opens this help screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Search &amp;amp; Sorting==&lt;br /&gt;
Directly above the list of articles, you will find options to search the article list, as well as sort the list based on a variety of parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-search.png|search function in the article manager for Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the Search option to quickly search the Article list by article title, alias, or ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sorting===&lt;br /&gt;
Use the sorting options to adjust the order of the Article list to your preferences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-ordering.png|Ordering articles in the article manager for Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several options for sorting the articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ordering - sort articles by their article manager order.  See Ordering Articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* Status - sort articles by their publication status.&lt;br /&gt;
* Title - sort articles in alphabetical order by their title&lt;br /&gt;
* Category - sort articles in alphabetical order by their category&lt;br /&gt;
* Access - sort articles by their User Access Level&lt;br /&gt;
* Language - sort articles by their language.&lt;br /&gt;
* Date - sort articles in chronological order by date&lt;br /&gt;
* ID - sort articles in numerical order by article ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With a sorting parameter chosen, you can also determine if articles will be shown in ascending or descending order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also determine how many articles are shown, with optional increments of 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 50, 100, or All.  The default number is 20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters==&lt;br /&gt;
Another method of viewing only the articles you want to see is by filtering the list to only view articles that meet specific criteria.  You can use the List Filters option on the left hand side of the articles list to accomplish this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-filters.png|Filters Options for the article manager in Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The options to filter the article list are:&lt;br /&gt;
* Status - only view articles with a specific publication status&lt;br /&gt;
* Category - only view articles from a specific category&lt;br /&gt;
* Access - only view articles with a specific User Access Level&lt;br /&gt;
* Author - only view articles written or created by a specific user&lt;br /&gt;
* Language - only view articles assigned to a specific language&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can &amp;quot;mix-and-match&amp;quot; these filters to narrow the list of articles down to only those you want to see&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Batch Processes==&lt;br /&gt;
Batch Processing allows you to make a set of changes in bulk to a selected group of articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-batch.png|Batch Processes in the article manager for Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several Batch Operations available:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Set Access Level - change or set the access level for the articles selected&lt;br /&gt;
* Set Language - set or change the language for the articles selected&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Category for Move/Copy - set a category to either move the selected articles to, or copy the selected articles to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With your desired changes selected, you can either move the selected articles to the adjusted parameters, or you can copy (or clone) the selected articles with the adjusted parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|3.0|Article Manager Help Screens|Content Help Screens}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>219jondn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=71731</id>
		<title>Help310:Content Article Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=71731"/>
		<updated>2012-08-23T19:26:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;219jondn: /* Batch Processes */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{RightTOC}}&lt;br /&gt;
Used for creating new, editing, managing order, publishing, unpublishing and setting global options of articles shown on a Joomla website.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Article Manager icon in the Control Panel&lt;br /&gt;
Select Content → Article Manger from the drop-down menu of the Joomla! Administrator Panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Article Manager is used to add and edit articles. See Toolbar below for a detailed list of all functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager.png|screenshot of the article manager in Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the top right you will see a toolbar with several useful functions for article management.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-toolbar.png|Article manager toolbar in Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
* New - Opens the editing screen to create a new article.&lt;br /&gt;
* Edit - Opens the editing screen for the selected article. If more than one article is selected (where applicable), only the first article will be opened. The editing screen can also be opened by clicking on the Title or Name of the article.&lt;br /&gt;
* Publish - Makes the selected articles available to visitors to your website.&lt;br /&gt;
* Unpublish - Makes the selected articles unavailable to visitors to your website.&lt;br /&gt;
* Featured - Marks selected articles as featured. Works with one or multiple articles selected.&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive - Changes the status of the selected articles to indicate that they are archived. Archived articles can be moved back to the published or unpublished state by selecting &amp;quot;Archived&amp;quot; in the Select Status filter and changing the status of the articles to Published or Unpublished as preferred.&lt;br /&gt;
* Check In - Checks-in the selected articles. Works with one or multiple articles selected.&lt;br /&gt;
* Trash - Changes the status of the selected articles to indicate that they are trashed. Trashed articles can still be recovered by selecting &amp;quot;Trashed&amp;quot; in the Select Status filter and changing the status of the articles to Published or Unpublished as preferred. To permanently delete trashed articles, select &amp;quot;Trashed&amp;quot; in the Select Status filter, select the articles to be permanently deleted, then click the Empty Trash toolbar icon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Batch - reveals options to perform batch operations on selected articles.  See Batch Operations&lt;br /&gt;
* Options - Opens the Options window where settings such as default parameters can be edited. See Article Manager Options for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
* Help - Opens this help screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Search &amp;amp; Sorting==&lt;br /&gt;
Directly above the list of articles, you will find options to search the article list, as well as sort the list based on a variety of parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-search.png|search function in the article manager for Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the Search option to quickly search the Article list by article title, alias, or ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sorting===&lt;br /&gt;
Use the sorting options to adjust the order of the Article list to your preferences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-ordering.png|Ordering articles in the article manager for Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several options for sorting the articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ordering - sort articles by their article manager order.  See Ordering Articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* Status - sort articles by their publication status.&lt;br /&gt;
* Title - sort articles in alphabetical order by their title&lt;br /&gt;
* Category - sort articles in alphabetical order by their category&lt;br /&gt;
* Access - sort articles by their User Access Level&lt;br /&gt;
* Language - sort articles by their language.&lt;br /&gt;
* Date - sort articles in chronological order by date&lt;br /&gt;
* ID - sort articles in numerical order by article ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With a sorting parameter chosen, you can also determine if articles will be shown in ascending or descending order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also determine how many articles are shown, with optional increments of 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 50, 100, or All.  The default number is 20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters==&lt;br /&gt;
Another method of viewing only the articles you want to see is by filtering the list to only view articles that meet specific criteria.  You can use the List Filters option on the left hand side of the articles list to accomplish this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-filters.png|Filters Options for the article manager in Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The options to filter the article list are:&lt;br /&gt;
* Status - only view articles with a specific publication status&lt;br /&gt;
* Category - only view articles from a specific category&lt;br /&gt;
* Access - only view articles with a specific User Access Level&lt;br /&gt;
* Author - only view articles written or created by a specific user&lt;br /&gt;
* Language - only view articles assigned to a specific language&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can &amp;quot;mix-and-match&amp;quot; these filters to narrow the list of articles down to only those you want to see&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Batch Processes==&lt;br /&gt;
Batch Processing allows you to make a set of changes in bulk to a selected group of articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-batch.png|Batch Processes in the article manager for Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several Batch Operations available:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Set Access Level - change or set the access level for the articles selected&lt;br /&gt;
* Set Language - set or change the language for the articles selected&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Category for Move/Copy - set a category to either move the selected articles to, or copy the selected articles to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With your desired changes selected, you can either move the selected articles to the adjusted parameters, or you can copy (or clone) the selected articles with the adjusted parameters.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>219jondn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=71730</id>
		<title>Help310:Content Article Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=71730"/>
		<updated>2012-08-23T19:19:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;219jondn: added the batch processing section&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{RightTOC}}&lt;br /&gt;
Used for creating new, editing, managing order, publishing, unpublishing and setting global options of articles shown on a Joomla website.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Article Manager icon in the Control Panel&lt;br /&gt;
Select Content → Article Manger from the drop-down menu of the Joomla! Administrator Panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Article Manager is used to add and edit articles. See Toolbar below for a detailed list of all functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager.png|screenshot of the article manager in Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the top right you will see a toolbar with several useful functions for article management.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-toolbar.png|Article manager toolbar in Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
* New - Opens the editing screen to create a new article.&lt;br /&gt;
* Edit - Opens the editing screen for the selected article. If more than one article is selected (where applicable), only the first article will be opened. The editing screen can also be opened by clicking on the Title or Name of the article.&lt;br /&gt;
* Publish - Makes the selected articles available to visitors to your website.&lt;br /&gt;
* Unpublish - Makes the selected articles unavailable to visitors to your website.&lt;br /&gt;
* Featured - Marks selected articles as featured. Works with one or multiple articles selected.&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive - Changes the status of the selected articles to indicate that they are archived. Archived articles can be moved back to the published or unpublished state by selecting &amp;quot;Archived&amp;quot; in the Select Status filter and changing the status of the articles to Published or Unpublished as preferred.&lt;br /&gt;
* Check In - Checks-in the selected articles. Works with one or multiple articles selected.&lt;br /&gt;
* Trash - Changes the status of the selected articles to indicate that they are trashed. Trashed articles can still be recovered by selecting &amp;quot;Trashed&amp;quot; in the Select Status filter and changing the status of the articles to Published or Unpublished as preferred. To permanently delete trashed articles, select &amp;quot;Trashed&amp;quot; in the Select Status filter, select the articles to be permanently deleted, then click the Empty Trash toolbar icon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Batch - reveals options to perform batch operations on selected articles.  See Batch Operations&lt;br /&gt;
* Options - Opens the Options window where settings such as default parameters can be edited. See Article Manager Options for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
* Help - Opens this help screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Search &amp;amp; Sorting==&lt;br /&gt;
Directly above the list of articles, you will find options to search the article list, as well as sort the list based on a variety of parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-search.png|search function in the article manager for Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the Search option to quickly search the Article list by article title, alias, or ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sorting===&lt;br /&gt;
Use the sorting options to adjust the order of the Article list to your preferences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-ordering.png|Ordering articles in the article manager for Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several options for sorting the articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ordering - sort articles by their article manager order.  See Ordering Articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* Status - sort articles by their publication status.&lt;br /&gt;
* Title - sort articles in alphabetical order by their title&lt;br /&gt;
* Category - sort articles in alphabetical order by their category&lt;br /&gt;
* Access - sort articles by their User Access Level&lt;br /&gt;
* Language - sort articles by their language.&lt;br /&gt;
* Date - sort articles in chronological order by date&lt;br /&gt;
* ID - sort articles in numerical order by article ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With a sorting parameter chosen, you can also determine if articles will be shown in ascending or descending order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also determine how many articles are shown, with optional increments of 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 50, 100, or All.  The default number is 20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters==&lt;br /&gt;
Another method of viewing only the articles you want to see is by filtering the list to only view articles that meet specific criteria.  You can use the List Filters option on the left hand side of the articles list to accomplish this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-filters.png|Filters Options for the article manager in Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The options to filter the article list are:&lt;br /&gt;
* Status - only view articles with a specific publication status&lt;br /&gt;
* Category - only view articles from a specific category&lt;br /&gt;
* Access - only view articles with a specific User Access Level&lt;br /&gt;
* Author - only view articles written or created by a specific user&lt;br /&gt;
* Language - only view articles assigned to a specific language&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can &amp;quot;mix-and-match&amp;quot; these filters to narrow the list of articles down to only those you want to see&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Batch Processes==&lt;br /&gt;
Batch Processing allows you to make a set of changes in bulk to a selected group of articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-batch.png|Batch Processes in the article manager for Joomla! 3]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>219jondn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=71728</id>
		<title>Help310:Content Article Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=71728"/>
		<updated>2012-08-23T19:08:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;219jondn: added list filters section&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{RightTOC}}&lt;br /&gt;
Used for creating new, editing, managing order, publishing, unpublishing and setting global options of articles shown on a Joomla website.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Article Manager icon in the Control Panel&lt;br /&gt;
Select Content → Article Manger from the drop-down menu of the Joomla! Administrator Panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Article Manager is used to add and edit articles. See Toolbar below for a detailed list of all functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager.png|screenshot of the article manager in Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the top right you will see a toolbar with several useful functions for article management.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-toolbar.png|Article manager toolbar in Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
* New - Opens the editing screen to create a new article.&lt;br /&gt;
* Edit - Opens the editing screen for the selected article. If more than one article is selected (where applicable), only the first article will be opened. The editing screen can also be opened by clicking on the Title or Name of the article.&lt;br /&gt;
* Publish - Makes the selected articles available to visitors to your website.&lt;br /&gt;
* Unpublish - Makes the selected articles unavailable to visitors to your website.&lt;br /&gt;
* Featured - Marks selected articles as featured. Works with one or multiple articles selected.&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive - Changes the status of the selected articles to indicate that they are archived. Archived articles can be moved back to the published or unpublished state by selecting &amp;quot;Archived&amp;quot; in the Select Status filter and changing the status of the articles to Published or Unpublished as preferred.&lt;br /&gt;
* Check In - Checks-in the selected articles. Works with one or multiple articles selected.&lt;br /&gt;
* Trash - Changes the status of the selected articles to indicate that they are trashed. Trashed articles can still be recovered by selecting &amp;quot;Trashed&amp;quot; in the Select Status filter and changing the status of the articles to Published or Unpublished as preferred. To permanently delete trashed articles, select &amp;quot;Trashed&amp;quot; in the Select Status filter, select the articles to be permanently deleted, then click the Empty Trash toolbar icon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Batch - reveals options to perform batch operations on selected articles.  See Batch Operations&lt;br /&gt;
* Options - Opens the Options window where settings such as default parameters can be edited. See Article Manager Options for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
* Help - Opens this help screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Search &amp;amp; Sorting==&lt;br /&gt;
Directly above the list of articles, you will find options to search the article list, as well as sort the list based on a variety of parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-search.png|search function in the article manager for Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the Search option to quickly search the Article list by article title, alias, or ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sorting===&lt;br /&gt;
Use the sorting options to adjust the order of the Article list to your preferences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-ordering.png|Ordering articles in the article manager for Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several options for sorting the articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ordering - sort articles by their article manager order.  See Ordering Articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* Status - sort articles by their publication status.&lt;br /&gt;
* Title - sort articles in alphabetical order by their title&lt;br /&gt;
* Category - sort articles in alphabetical order by their category&lt;br /&gt;
* Access - sort articles by their User Access Level&lt;br /&gt;
* Language - sort articles by their language.&lt;br /&gt;
* Date - sort articles in chronological order by date&lt;br /&gt;
* ID - sort articles in numerical order by article ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With a sorting parameter chosen, you can also determine if articles will be shown in ascending or descending order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also determine how many articles are shown, with optional increments of 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 50, 100, or All.  The default number is 20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters==&lt;br /&gt;
Another method of viewing only the articles you want to see is by filtering the list to only view articles that meet specific criteria.  You can use the List Filters option on the left hand side of the articles list to accomplish this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-filters.png|Filters Options for the article manager in Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The options to filter the article list are:&lt;br /&gt;
* Status - only view articles with a specific publication status&lt;br /&gt;
* Category - only view articles from a specific category&lt;br /&gt;
* Access - only view articles with a specific User Access Level&lt;br /&gt;
* Author - only view articles written or created by a specific user&lt;br /&gt;
* Language - only view articles assigned to a specific language&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can &amp;quot;mix-and-match&amp;quot; these filters to narrow the list of articles down to only those you want to see&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>219jondn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=71722</id>
		<title>Help310:Content Article Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=71722"/>
		<updated>2012-08-23T18:45:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;219jondn: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{RightTOC}}&lt;br /&gt;
Used for creating new, editing, managing order, publishing, unpublishing and setting global options of articles shown on a Joomla website.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Article Manager icon in the Control Panel&lt;br /&gt;
Select Content → Article Manger from the drop-down menu of the Joomla! Administrator Panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Article Manager is used to add and edit articles. See Toolbar below for a detailed list of all functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager.png|screenshot of the article manager in Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the top right you will see a toolbar with several useful functions for article management.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-toolbar.png|Article manager toolbar in Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
* New - Opens the editing screen to create a new article.&lt;br /&gt;
* Edit - Opens the editing screen for the selected article. If more than one article is selected (where applicable), only the first article will be opened. The editing screen can also be opened by clicking on the Title or Name of the article.&lt;br /&gt;
* Publish - Makes the selected articles available to visitors to your website.&lt;br /&gt;
* Unpublish - Makes the selected articles unavailable to visitors to your website.&lt;br /&gt;
* Featured - Marks selected articles as featured. Works with one or multiple articles selected.&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive - Changes the status of the selected articles to indicate that they are archived. Archived articles can be moved back to the published or unpublished state by selecting &amp;quot;Archived&amp;quot; in the Select Status filter and changing the status of the articles to Published or Unpublished as preferred.&lt;br /&gt;
* Check In - Checks-in the selected articles. Works with one or multiple articles selected.&lt;br /&gt;
* Trash - Changes the status of the selected articles to indicate that they are trashed. Trashed articles can still be recovered by selecting &amp;quot;Trashed&amp;quot; in the Select Status filter and changing the status of the articles to Published or Unpublished as preferred. To permanently delete trashed articles, select &amp;quot;Trashed&amp;quot; in the Select Status filter, select the articles to be permanently deleted, then click the Empty Trash toolbar icon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Batch - reveals options to perform batch operations on selected articles.  See Batch Operations&lt;br /&gt;
* Options - Opens the Options window where settings such as default parameters can be edited. See Article Manager Options for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
* Help - Opens this help screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Search &amp;amp; Sorting==&lt;br /&gt;
Directly above the list of articles, you will find options to search the article list, as well as sort the list based on a variety of parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-search.png|search function in the article manager for Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the Search option to quickly search the Article list by article title, alias, or ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sorting===&lt;br /&gt;
Use the sorting options to adjust the order of the Article list to your preferences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-ordering.png|Ordering articles in the article manager for Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several options for sorting the articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ordering - sort articles by their article manager order.  See Ordering Articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* Status - sort articles by their publication status.&lt;br /&gt;
* Title - sort articles in alphabetical order by their title&lt;br /&gt;
* Category - sort articles in alphabetical order by their category&lt;br /&gt;
* Access - sort articles by their User Access Level&lt;br /&gt;
* Language - sort articles by their language.&lt;br /&gt;
* Date - sort articles in chronological order by date&lt;br /&gt;
* ID - sort articles in numerical order by article ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With a sorting parameter chosen, you can also determine if articles will be shown in ascending or descending order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also determine how many articles are shown, with optional increments of 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 50, 100, or All.  The default number is 20.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>219jondn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=71721</id>
		<title>Help310:Content Article Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=71721"/>
		<updated>2012-08-23T18:44:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;219jondn: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Right TOC}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Used for creating new, editing, managing order, publishing, unpublishing and setting global options of articles shown on a Joomla website.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Article Manager icon in the Control Panel&lt;br /&gt;
Select Content → Article Manger from the drop-down menu of the Joomla! Administrator Panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Article Manager is used to add and edit articles. See Toolbar below for a detailed list of all functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager.png|screenshot of the article manager in Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the top right you will see a toolbar with several useful functions for article management.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-toolbar.png|Article manager toolbar in Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
* New - Opens the editing screen to create a new article.&lt;br /&gt;
* Edit - Opens the editing screen for the selected article. If more than one article is selected (where applicable), only the first article will be opened. The editing screen can also be opened by clicking on the Title or Name of the article.&lt;br /&gt;
* Publish - Makes the selected articles available to visitors to your website.&lt;br /&gt;
* Unpublish - Makes the selected articles unavailable to visitors to your website.&lt;br /&gt;
* Featured - Marks selected articles as featured. Works with one or multiple articles selected.&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive - Changes the status of the selected articles to indicate that they are archived. Archived articles can be moved back to the published or unpublished state by selecting &amp;quot;Archived&amp;quot; in the Select Status filter and changing the status of the articles to Published or Unpublished as preferred.&lt;br /&gt;
* Check In - Checks-in the selected articles. Works with one or multiple articles selected.&lt;br /&gt;
* Trash - Changes the status of the selected articles to indicate that they are trashed. Trashed articles can still be recovered by selecting &amp;quot;Trashed&amp;quot; in the Select Status filter and changing the status of the articles to Published or Unpublished as preferred. To permanently delete trashed articles, select &amp;quot;Trashed&amp;quot; in the Select Status filter, select the articles to be permanently deleted, then click the Empty Trash toolbar icon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Batch - reveals options to perform batch operations on selected articles.  See Batch Operations&lt;br /&gt;
* Options - Opens the Options window where settings such as default parameters can be edited. See Article Manager Options for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
* Help - Opens this help screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Search &amp;amp; Sorting==&lt;br /&gt;
Directly above the list of articles, you will find options to search the article list, as well as sort the list based on a variety of parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-search.png|search function in the article manager for Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the Search option to quickly search the Article list by article title, alias, or ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sorting===&lt;br /&gt;
Use the sorting options to adjust the order of the Article list to your preferences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-ordering.png|Ordering articles in the article manager for Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several options for sorting the articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ordering - sort articles by their article manager order.  See Ordering Articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* Status - sort articles by their publication status.&lt;br /&gt;
* Title - sort articles in alphabetical order by their title&lt;br /&gt;
* Category - sort articles in alphabetical order by their category&lt;br /&gt;
* Access - sort articles by their User Access Level&lt;br /&gt;
* Language - sort articles by their language.&lt;br /&gt;
* Date - sort articles in chronological order by date&lt;br /&gt;
* ID - sort articles in numerical order by article ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With a sorting parameter chosen, you can also determine if articles will be shown in ascending or descending order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also determine how many articles are shown, with optional increments of 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 50, 100, or All.  The default number is 20.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>219jondn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=71719</id>
		<title>Help310:Content Article Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=71719"/>
		<updated>2012-08-23T18:34:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;219jondn: /* Toolbar */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Used for creating new, editing, managing order, publishing, unpublishing and setting global options of articles shown on a Joomla website.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Article Manager icon in the Control Panel&lt;br /&gt;
Select Content → Article Manger from the drop-down menu of the Joomla! Administrator Panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Article Manager is used to add and edit articles. See Toolbar below for a detailed list of all functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager.png|screenshot of the article manager in Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the top right you will see a toolbar with several useful functions for article management.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-toolbar.png|Article manager toolbar in Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
* New - Opens the editing screen to create a new article.&lt;br /&gt;
* Edit - Opens the editing screen for the selected article. If more than one article is selected (where applicable), only the first article will be opened. The editing screen can also be opened by clicking on the Title or Name of the article.&lt;br /&gt;
* Publish - Makes the selected articles available to visitors to your website.&lt;br /&gt;
* Unpublish - Makes the selected articles unavailable to visitors to your website.&lt;br /&gt;
* Featured - Marks selected articles as featured. Works with one or multiple articles selected.&lt;br /&gt;
* Archive - Changes the status of the selected articles to indicate that they are archived. Archived articles can be moved back to the published or unpublished state by selecting &amp;quot;Archived&amp;quot; in the Select Status filter and changing the status of the articles to Published or Unpublished as preferred.&lt;br /&gt;
* Check In - Checks-in the selected articles. Works with one or multiple articles selected.&lt;br /&gt;
* Trash - Changes the status of the selected articles to indicate that they are trashed. Trashed articles can still be recovered by selecting &amp;quot;Trashed&amp;quot; in the Select Status filter and changing the status of the articles to Published or Unpublished as preferred. To permanently delete trashed articles, select &amp;quot;Trashed&amp;quot; in the Select Status filter, select the articles to be permanently deleted, then click the Empty Trash toolbar icon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Batch - reveals options to perform batch operations on selected articles.  See Batch Operations&lt;br /&gt;
* Options - Opens the Options window where settings such as default parameters can be edited. See Article Manager Options for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
* Help - Opens this help screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Search &amp;amp; Sorting==&lt;br /&gt;
Directly above the list of articles, you will find options to search the article list, as well as sort the list based on a variety of parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-search.png|search function in the article manager for Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the Search option to quickly search the Article list by article title, alias, or ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sorting===&lt;br /&gt;
Use the sorting options to adjust the order of the Article list to your preferences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-ordering.png|Ordering articles in the article manager for Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several options for sorting the articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ordering - sort articles by their article manager order.  See Ordering Articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* Status - sort articles by their publication status.&lt;br /&gt;
* Title - sort articles in alphabetical order by their title&lt;br /&gt;
* Category - sort articles in alphabetical order by their category&lt;br /&gt;
* Access - sort articles by their User Access Level&lt;br /&gt;
* Language - sort articles by their language.&lt;br /&gt;
* Date - sort articles in chronological order by date&lt;br /&gt;
* ID - sort articles in numerical order by article ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With a sorting parameter chosen, you can also determine if articles will be shown in ascending or descending order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also determine how many articles are shown, with optional increments of 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 50, 100, or All.  The default number is 20.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>219jondn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=71718</id>
		<title>Help310:Content Article Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=71718"/>
		<updated>2012-08-23T18:31:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;219jondn: added toolbar section&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Used for creating new, editing, managing order, publishing, unpublishing and setting global options of articles shown on a Joomla website.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Article Manager icon in the Control Panel&lt;br /&gt;
Select Content → Article Manger from the drop-down menu of the Joomla! Administrator Panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Article Manager is used to add and edit articles. See Toolbar below for a detailed list of all functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager.png|screenshot of the article manager in Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-toolbar.png|Article manager toolbar in Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Search &amp;amp; Sorting==&lt;br /&gt;
Directly above the list of articles, you will find options to search the article list, as well as sort the list based on a variety of parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-search.png|search function in the article manager for Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the Search option to quickly search the Article list by article title, alias, or ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sorting===&lt;br /&gt;
Use the sorting options to adjust the order of the Article list to your preferences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-ordering.png|Ordering articles in the article manager for Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several options for sorting the articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ordering - sort articles by their article manager order.  See Ordering Articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* Status - sort articles by their publication status.&lt;br /&gt;
* Title - sort articles in alphabetical order by their title&lt;br /&gt;
* Category - sort articles in alphabetical order by their category&lt;br /&gt;
* Access - sort articles by their User Access Level&lt;br /&gt;
* Language - sort articles by their language.&lt;br /&gt;
* Date - sort articles in chronological order by date&lt;br /&gt;
* ID - sort articles in numerical order by article ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With a sorting parameter chosen, you can also determine if articles will be shown in ascending or descending order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also determine how many articles are shown, with optional increments of 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 50, 100, or All.  The default number is 20.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>219jondn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=71717</id>
		<title>Help310:Content Article Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=71717"/>
		<updated>2012-08-23T18:30:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;219jondn: /* Screenshot */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Used for creating new, editing, managing order, publishing, unpublishing and setting global options of articles shown on a Joomla website.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Article Manager icon in the Control Panel&lt;br /&gt;
Select Content → Article Manger from the drop-down menu of the Joomla! Administrator Panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Article Manager is used to add and edit articles. See Toolbar below for a detailed list of all functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager.png|screenshot of the article manager in Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Search &amp;amp; Sorting==&lt;br /&gt;
Directly above the list of articles, you will find options to search the article list, as well as sort the list based on a variety of parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-search.png|search function in the article manager for Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the Search option to quickly search the Article list by article title, alias, or ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sorting===&lt;br /&gt;
Use the sorting options to adjust the order of the Article list to your preferences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-ordering.png|Ordering articles in the article manager for Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several options for sorting the articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ordering - sort articles by their article manager order.  See Ordering Articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* Status - sort articles by their publication status.&lt;br /&gt;
* Title - sort articles in alphabetical order by their title&lt;br /&gt;
* Category - sort articles in alphabetical order by their category&lt;br /&gt;
* Access - sort articles by their User Access Level&lt;br /&gt;
* Language - sort articles by their language.&lt;br /&gt;
* Date - sort articles in chronological order by date&lt;br /&gt;
* ID - sort articles in numerical order by article ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With a sorting parameter chosen, you can also determine if articles will be shown in ascending or descending order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also determine how many articles are shown, with optional increments of 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 50, 100, or All.  The default number is 20.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>219jondn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=71716</id>
		<title>Help310:Content Article Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=71716"/>
		<updated>2012-08-23T18:30:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;219jondn: /* Search */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Used for creating new, editing, managing order, publishing, unpublishing and setting global options of articles shown on a Joomla website.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Article Manager icon in the Control Panel&lt;br /&gt;
Select Content → Article Manger from the drop-down menu of the Joomla! Administrator Panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Article Manager is used to add and edit articles. See Toolbar below for a detailed list of all functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Search &amp;amp; Sorting==&lt;br /&gt;
Directly above the list of articles, you will find options to search the article list, as well as sort the list based on a variety of parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-search.png|search function in the article manager for Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the Search option to quickly search the Article list by article title, alias, or ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sorting===&lt;br /&gt;
Use the sorting options to adjust the order of the Article list to your preferences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-ordering.png|Ordering articles in the article manager for Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several options for sorting the articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ordering - sort articles by their article manager order.  See Ordering Articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* Status - sort articles by their publication status.&lt;br /&gt;
* Title - sort articles in alphabetical order by their title&lt;br /&gt;
* Category - sort articles in alphabetical order by their category&lt;br /&gt;
* Access - sort articles by their User Access Level&lt;br /&gt;
* Language - sort articles by their language.&lt;br /&gt;
* Date - sort articles in chronological order by date&lt;br /&gt;
* ID - sort articles in numerical order by article ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With a sorting parameter chosen, you can also determine if articles will be shown in ascending or descending order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also determine how many articles are shown, with optional increments of 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 50, 100, or All.  The default number is 20.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>219jondn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=71715</id>
		<title>Help310:Content Article Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=71715"/>
		<updated>2012-08-23T18:29:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;219jondn: /* Sorting */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Used for creating new, editing, managing order, publishing, unpublishing and setting global options of articles shown on a Joomla website.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Article Manager icon in the Control Panel&lt;br /&gt;
Select Content → Article Manger from the drop-down menu of the Joomla! Administrator Panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Article Manager is used to add and edit articles. See Toolbar below for a detailed list of all functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Search &amp;amp; Sorting==&lt;br /&gt;
Directly above the list of articles, you will find options to search the article list, as well as sort the list based on a variety of parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-search.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the Search option to quickly search the Article list by article title, alias, or ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sorting===&lt;br /&gt;
Use the sorting options to adjust the order of the Article list to your preferences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-ordering.png|Ordering articles in the article manager for Joomla! 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several options for sorting the articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ordering - sort articles by their article manager order.  See Ordering Articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* Status - sort articles by their publication status.&lt;br /&gt;
* Title - sort articles in alphabetical order by their title&lt;br /&gt;
* Category - sort articles in alphabetical order by their category&lt;br /&gt;
* Access - sort articles by their User Access Level&lt;br /&gt;
* Language - sort articles by their language.&lt;br /&gt;
* Date - sort articles in chronological order by date&lt;br /&gt;
* ID - sort articles in numerical order by article ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With a sorting parameter chosen, you can also determine if articles will be shown in ascending or descending order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also determine how many articles are shown, with optional increments of 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 50, 100, or All.  The default number is 20.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>219jondn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=71713</id>
		<title>Help310:Content Article Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=71713"/>
		<updated>2012-08-23T18:28:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;219jondn: /* Sorting */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Used for creating new, editing, managing order, publishing, unpublishing and setting global options of articles shown on a Joomla website.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Article Manager icon in the Control Panel&lt;br /&gt;
Select Content → Article Manger from the drop-down menu of the Joomla! Administrator Panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Article Manager is used to add and edit articles. See Toolbar below for a detailed list of all functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Search &amp;amp; Sorting==&lt;br /&gt;
Directly above the list of articles, you will find options to search the article list, as well as sort the list based on a variety of parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-search.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the Search option to quickly search the Article list by article title, alias, or ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sorting===&lt;br /&gt;
Use the sorting options to adjust the order of the Article list to your preferences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several options for sorting the articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ordering - sort articles by their article manager order.  See Ordering Articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* Status - sort articles by their publication status.&lt;br /&gt;
* Title - sort articles in alphabetical order by their title&lt;br /&gt;
* Category - sort articles in alphabetical order by their category&lt;br /&gt;
* Access - sort articles by their User Access Level&lt;br /&gt;
* Language - sort articles by their language.&lt;br /&gt;
* Date - sort articles in chronological order by date&lt;br /&gt;
* ID - sort articles in numerical order by article ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With a sorting parameter chosen, you can also determine if articles will be shown in ascending or descending order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also determine how many articles are shown, with optional increments of 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 50, 100, or All.  The default number is 20.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>219jondn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=71712</id>
		<title>Help310:Content Article Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=71712"/>
		<updated>2012-08-23T18:28:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;219jondn: /* Sorting */ adding sort text and screen&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Used for creating new, editing, managing order, publishing, unpublishing and setting global options of articles shown on a Joomla website.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Article Manager icon in the Control Panel&lt;br /&gt;
Select Content → Article Manger from the drop-down menu of the Joomla! Administrator Panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Article Manager is used to add and edit articles. See Toolbar below for a detailed list of all functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Search &amp;amp; Sorting==&lt;br /&gt;
Directly above the list of articles, you will find options to search the article list, as well as sort the list based on a variety of parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-search.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the Search option to quickly search the Article list by article title, alias, or ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sorting===&lt;br /&gt;
Use the sorting options to adjust the order of the Article list to your preferences.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several options for sorting the articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ordering - sort articles by their article manager order.  See Ordering Articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* Status - sort articles by their publication status.&lt;br /&gt;
* Title - sort articles in alphabetical order by their title&lt;br /&gt;
* Category - sort articles in alphabetical order by their category&lt;br /&gt;
* Access - sort articles by their User Access Level&lt;br /&gt;
* Language - sort articles by their language.&lt;br /&gt;
* Date - sort articles in chronological order by date&lt;br /&gt;
* ID - sort articles in numerical order by article ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With a sorting parameter chosen, you can also determine if articles will be shown in ascending or descending order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also determine how many articles are shown, with optional increments of 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 50, 100, or All.  The default number is 20.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>219jondn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=71709</id>
		<title>Help310:Content Article Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=71709"/>
		<updated>2012-08-23T18:17:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;219jondn: add new search and sorting sections&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Used for creating new, editing, managing order, publishing, unpublishing and setting global options of articles shown on a Joomla website.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Article Manager icon in the Control Panel&lt;br /&gt;
Select Content → Article Manger from the drop-down menu of the Joomla! Administrator Panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Article Manager is used to add and edit articles. See Toolbar below for a detailed list of all functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Search &amp;amp; Sorting==&lt;br /&gt;
Directly above the list of articles, you will find options to search the article list, as well as sort the list based on a variety of parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager-search.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the Search option to quickly search the Article list by article title, alias, or ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sorting===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>219jondn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=71704</id>
		<title>Help310:Content Article Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=71704"/>
		<updated>2012-08-23T18:05:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;219jondn: adding screenshot&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Used for creating new, editing, managing order, publishing, unpublishing and setting global options of articles shown on a Joomla website.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Article Manager icon in the Control Panel&lt;br /&gt;
Select Content → Article Manger from the drop-down menu of the Joomla! Administrator Panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Article Manager is used to add and edit articles. See Toolbar below for a detailed list of all functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J3articlemanager.png|J3articlemanager.png]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>219jondn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=71702</id>
		<title>Help310:Content Article Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Content_Article_Manager&amp;diff=71702"/>
		<updated>2012-08-23T17:49:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;219jondn: creating first 3.0 Help screen page&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Used for creating new, editing, managing order, publishing, unpublishing and setting global options of articles shown on a Joomla website.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Article Manager icon in the Control Panel&lt;br /&gt;
Select Content → Article Manger from the drop-down menu of the Joomla! Administrator Panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Article Manager is used to add and edit articles. See Toolbar below for a detailed list of all functions.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>219jondn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Social_Media_Working_Group&amp;diff=67786</id>
		<title>Social Media Working Group</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Social_Media_Working_Group&amp;diff=67786"/>
		<updated>2012-06-21T21:58:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;219jondn: /* Joomla! Google Plus */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Welcome to the Social Media Team==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page serves to document the Joomla!&#039;s social media presence, to explain its content policies and strategies to the Joomla! community, and to collect and share information about the management of Joomla!&#039;s accounts on the various social media channels.  It was begun on July 28, 2011 by [http://twitter.com/hagengraf Hagen Graf] to document the work of the Joomla! Tweet Team and has expanded since.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Facebook=&lt;br /&gt;
== Team ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following people have Manager access to Joomla!&#039;s Facebook account:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Steve Burge&lt;br /&gt;
* Hagen Graf&lt;br /&gt;
* Sander Potjer&lt;br /&gt;
* Jacques Rentzke&lt;br /&gt;
* Brian &#039;Sully&#039; Sullivan, team lead&lt;br /&gt;
* Radek Suski&lt;br /&gt;
* Sigrid Suski&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Managers can manage admin roles, respond to and delete comments on the Joomla! Page send messages and create posts as the Joomla! Page, create ads, and view insights.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moderators: &lt;br /&gt;
* Guillermo Bravo&lt;br /&gt;
* Brent Allen&lt;br /&gt;
* Saurabh Shah&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moderators can respond to and delete comments on the Joomla! Page, send messages as the Joomla! Page, create ads, and view insights.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Guiding Principles ==&lt;br /&gt;
* We attempt to promote the feature and benefits of Joomla! to a worldwide audience of enthusiasts.&lt;br /&gt;
* We attempt to post a link each weekday that will be of interest to the Joomla! community, ideally to content hosted on a Joomla.org site.&lt;br /&gt;
* We strictly avoid controversial links, particularly those which involve Joomla! governance or community politics.&lt;br /&gt;
* Absolute priority is given to Joomla! releases. In the event of a security or new version release, we post that and only that for 24 hours.&lt;br /&gt;
* We normally avoid mention of products or services developed by companies in the Joomla! community.&lt;br /&gt;
* We do try to feature great sites built with Joomla!&lt;br /&gt;
* We attempt to coordinate our work with Joomla!&#039;s release schedule and the marketing and communications needs of the project as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Moderation Guidelines ==&lt;br /&gt;
* The Joomla! Volunteer Code of Conduct fully applies to the Joomla! Community gathered on Facebook. Users must conform their behaviour accordingly. &lt;br /&gt;
* Whenever possible, when posting a link do so without preamble. The article headline is normally descriptive enough.&lt;br /&gt;
* Links should posted with the best pictures and images pulled via metadata, if any. Click-through metrics are significantly higher for posts which contain an image.&lt;br /&gt;
* Allow the community to decide if it likes our posts. We as a team do not &amp;quot;Like&amp;quot; our own posts.&lt;br /&gt;
* We encourage Facebook participants to ask support questions about Joomla! at the Joomla! Forums.  This can be done by providing appropriate links whenever possible. We do not provide support via Facebook. To do so usurps the role of the Forum, does not fully integrate the Facebook community with our on-property resources, and increases the workload of the Facebook team.&lt;br /&gt;
* We encourage Facebook participants to ask support questions about Joomla! extensions and templates of the extension/template developers. If it is possible and expeditious, optionally provide a link to the extension developer&#039;s support forums. We do not provide specific support or advice regarding templates or extensions.&lt;br /&gt;
* We take care to especially encourage new Joomla! users. We allow them to post their projects and to ask questions of the community. We understand that &amp;quot;Like&amp;quot; from Joomla! may go a long way in validating a choice by a new Joomla! user to use our software for her/his web project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Spam ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Hosting companies may not advertise their services on the Joomla! Facebook wall. We remove these.&lt;br /&gt;
* We remove posts by extension developers which link to their own sites. We allow, within a reasonable frequency, an extension developer to mention her/his listing in the Joomla! Extensions Directory, particularly when promoting a security update.&lt;br /&gt;
* We do not allow posts which are not Joomla!-related, are purely commercially or politically motivated, or which do not advance the goals of Joomla! and the worldwide FOSS community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Likes ==&lt;br /&gt;
No individuals are &amp;quot;Likes&amp;quot; of the Joomla! Facebook account, nor should any be. The following organizations presently are &amp;quot;Likes&amp;quot; of the Joomla! Facebook account:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* MySQL&lt;br /&gt;
* PHP&lt;br /&gt;
* Software Freedom Law Center&lt;br /&gt;
* The Linux Foundation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Twitter =&lt;br /&gt;
==List of known channels==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The&amp;quot;official ones&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
as far as I/we now  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Twitter: [http://twitter.com/joomla @joomla] - Follow us. This account is primarily for official Joomla news and Joomla.org content.&lt;br /&gt;
*Twitter: [http://twitter.com/joomlaevents @joomlaevents] - Follow us. This account is primarily for news about Joomla events. We try to merge that into Joomla!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are lists of accounts related to Joomla too &lt;br /&gt;
*[http://twitter.com/joomla/lists http://twitter.com/joomla/lists]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Aggregator pages====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#http://community.joomla.org/connect/social.html &lt;br /&gt;
#http://community.joomla.org/connect&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Twitter Accounts run by other parts of the Joomla Project===&lt;br /&gt;
Do you know more? We want to get in contact with you to join forces! Join the chat!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Twitter: [http://twitter.com/OSMatters @OSMatters]&lt;br /&gt;
*Twitter: [http://twitter.com/JoomlaCLT @JoomlaCLT]&lt;br /&gt;
*Twitter: [http://twitter.com/JoomlaDeveloper @JoomlaDeveloper]&lt;br /&gt;
*Twitter: [http://twitter.com/JoomlaConnect @JoomlaConnect]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Team==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;quot;We&amp;quot; are at the moment===&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://twitter.com/hagengraf Hagen Graf]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://twitter.com/sanderpotjer Sander Potjer]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://twitter.com/alledia Steve Burge] &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://twitter.com/JacquesRentzke Jacques Renzke]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Informal Skype Chat===&lt;br /&gt;
I created a Skype Chat called &amp;quot;Joomla! Tweet Team #joott&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
[http://skype.com Skype] was the easiest solution so far&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Join the Skype chat&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Already joined the chat to propose, discuss and schedule tweets (names in alphabetical order):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://twitter.com/annafrade Ana Frade],&lt;br /&gt;
[http://twitter.com/drarvindc arvind],&lt;br /&gt;
[http://twitter.com/garyjaybrooks Gary Brooks], &lt;br /&gt;
[http://twitter.com/ke4obt Flip], &lt;br /&gt;
[http://twitter.com/hilscheyne Hils Cheyne], &lt;br /&gt;
[http://twitter.com/isidrobaq Isidro Baquero] &lt;br /&gt;
[http://twitter.com/JacquesRentzke Jacques Rentzke],&lt;br /&gt;
[http://twitter.com/219jondn Jon Neubauer], &lt;br /&gt;
[http://twitter.com/rkendallc Kendall Cabe]&lt;br /&gt;
[http://twitter.com/astroboysoup Peter Bui], &lt;br /&gt;
[http://twitter.com/OnTheMarkDesign Mark W. Bender], &lt;br /&gt;
[http://twitter.com/collaboracion Sandra Ordonez], &lt;br /&gt;
[http://twitter.com/saurabhshah Saurabh Shah], &lt;br /&gt;
[http://twitter.com/k2joom Simon Wells-k2joom], &lt;br /&gt;
[http://twitter.com/terracemedia Brian &#039;Sully&#039; Sullivan ], &lt;br /&gt;
[http://twitter.com/prothemer Tess Neale], &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;How to join?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#send me your Skype user via twitter or add me on Skype (user hagengraf) and I&#039;ll add you to the chat&lt;br /&gt;
#ask someone mentioned above to add you to the chat&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;What do we tweet?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* tweet each day one or more interesting links from joomla.org&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore we need your help to find the real cool links/tweets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===We have these principles:===&lt;br /&gt;
These principles will be heavily discussed at the moment in the tweet chat!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Sander, Steve and Hagen are allowed to tweet&lt;br /&gt;
#In case of lack of consensus, any of us 3 have the final decision&lt;br /&gt;
#We do mention great sites built with Joomla. Tweet us @joomla to bring them to our attention.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===tweet about the Joomla! Tweet Team===&lt;br /&gt;
hashtag: [http://twitter.com/#!/search?q=%23joott #joott]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The plan for the future==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* most important: Tweet as described above&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
next steps:&lt;br /&gt;
* having an ongoing chat to discuss&lt;br /&gt;
* edit this page if we have a cool idea&lt;br /&gt;
* setting up a payed hootsuite account to have more transparency, give people to possibility to propose tweets and integrate rss feed for generating tweets from joomla.org&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Send us your tweet proposal :) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://spreadsheets.google.com/spreadsheet/embeddedform?formkey=dHd6dV9TU1ZZSHNSbW5GeVRxemk3bFE6MQ&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=[https://plus.google.com/112939345266070287086/posts Joomla! Google Plus]=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following people have Administrator access to Joomla!&#039;s Google Plus account:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Sandra Ordonez (skype: SandyOrdonez) &lt;br /&gt;
* Jon Neubauer (skype: jonathan.neubauer)&lt;br /&gt;
* [[User:Radek|Radek Suski]] (skype: neo.sigsiu.net) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Google Plus will be used for PR initiatives, branding purposes, reaching new volunteers, and community cultivation. It will also be used to share blog posts, pictures, videos, ideas from volunteers in the community. Most importantly, it will be used to instigate top level conversations about the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Guidelines==&lt;br /&gt;
* The Joomla! Volunteer Code of Conduct fully applies to the Joomla! Community gathered on Facebook. Users must conform their behavior accordingly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Full transparency will be embraced on this channel. This means that debate is encouraged, as long as its done in a constructive way. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* While highlighting members is encouraged, along with good Joomla! sites, care must be taken to not seem as though we are favoring anyone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Regional Google Plus Accounts==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://plus.google.com/111169246940564901456/posts Joomla! Ireland]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://plus.google.com/101159553107396176288/posts Joomla! Brazil]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://plus.google.com/100422362835627633318/posts Joomla! Venezuela]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://plus.google.com/100895548923760286285/posts Joomla! JUG Washington]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://plus.google.com/113464798908009611540/posts Joomla! Dominicano]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://plus.google.com/107867680960170619682/posts Joomla! Mexico]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://plus.google.com/102525212470511069491/posts Joomla! Uruguay]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>219jondn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Talk:Evaluators&amp;diff=66810</id>
		<title>Talk:Evaluators</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Talk:Evaluators&amp;diff=66810"/>
		<updated>2012-04-24T23:55:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;219jondn: /* Joomla.org Sites as examples */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;On &amp;quot;page&amp;quot; the link &amp;quot;demonstration site&amp;quot; in the sentence below,&lt;br /&gt;
A simple demonstration site is available for viewing. This site contains a lot of useful information about Joomla features and its community.&lt;br /&gt;
has http://demo.joomla.org/1.5/ as its url,&lt;br /&gt;
and results in error &amp;quot;Database Error: Unable to connect to the database:Could not connect to database&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
This happens both before and after i logged in.&lt;br /&gt;
Windows 7, Google chrome, both up to date. 1/8/2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Joomla.org Sites as examples==&lt;br /&gt;
Can we really say:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Don&#039;t forget to include all of the Joomla.org sites as examples of what can be done with Joomla, since they of course are all run on our favourite CMS package&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
This one isn&#039;t on Joomla!, neither is the forum. [[User:219jondn|219jondn]] 18:55, 24 April 2012 (CDT)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>219jondn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Talk:Evaluators&amp;diff=66809</id>
		<title>Talk:Evaluators</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Talk:Evaluators&amp;diff=66809"/>
		<updated>2012-04-24T23:55:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;219jondn: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;On &amp;quot;page&amp;quot; the link &amp;quot;demonstration site&amp;quot; in the sentence below,&lt;br /&gt;
A simple demonstration site is available for viewing. This site contains a lot of useful information about Joomla features and its community.&lt;br /&gt;
has http://demo.joomla.org/1.5/ as its url,&lt;br /&gt;
and results in error &amp;quot;Database Error: Unable to connect to the database:Could not connect to database&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
This happens both before and after i logged in.&lt;br /&gt;
Windows 7, Google chrome, both up to date. 1/8/2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Joomla.org Sites as examples==&lt;br /&gt;
Can we really say:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Don&#039;t forget to include all of the Joomla.org sites as examples of what can be done with Joomla, since they of course are all run on our favourite CMS package&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
This one isn&#039;t on Joomla!, neither is the forum.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>219jondn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Evaluators&amp;diff=66808</id>
		<title>Evaluators</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Evaluators&amp;diff=66808"/>
		<updated>2012-04-24T23:53:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;219jondn: /* Other Joomla! Customisation */ updated template overrides tutorial link&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{RightTOC}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk:Evaluators}}&lt;br /&gt;
How do you evaluate Joomla! to see if it will fit your requirements? There is no one answer to this question, but this section will provide some suggestions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==High-level evaluation==&lt;br /&gt;
There are several resources that can help you to get a high-level view of the overall capabilities of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Web sites running Joomla===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One way to evaluate a [[CMS]] package is to look at Web sites that run on it. It is impossible to say exactly how many Web sites run Joomla, but we do know that over 14 million copies of the software have been downloaded since March 2007. Joomla is the world&#039;s most popular full-featured Content Management System (CMS) and powers approximately 2.7% of the largest 1,000,000 Web sites in the world. [http://w3techs.com/technologies/overview/content_management/all]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla maintains [http://community.joomla.org/showcase/ The Joomla! Community Showcase] that allows you to look at a number of sites running on Joomla. Obviously, these only represent a tiny fraction of the total number of Joomla sites worldwide. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A simple [http://demo.joomla.org/1.5/ demonstration site] is available for viewing. This site contains a lot of useful information about Joomla features and its community. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are evaluating Joomla for a school, university, or non-profit organization, you might want to look at the [[jforum:265|Schools and Universities]] forum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And, of course, don&#039;t forget to include all of the Joomla.org sites as examples of what can be done with Joomla, since they of course are all run on our favourite CMS package.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Extensions===&lt;br /&gt;
An important feature of Joomla is the ease - by design - with which its core functionality can be increased by installing &amp;quot;[[Extensions]]&amp;quot;. This extensibility is a major strength of Joomla and a large and active third-party developer community have helped create over 6,000 extensions that are currently available, with more being added daily. Most, like Joomla, are Open Source, whilst the others are offered as commercial software. To get an idea of the variety of extensions available, visit the [http://extensions.joomla.org Joomla Extensions Directory](JED). It should also be noted that the JED does not include templates within its catalogue and there are many thousands of these available for free or commercially.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Community===&lt;br /&gt;
The developer community is just one part of a larger Joomla community. For example, there are over 425,000 active registered users on the various Joomla forums, with over 150 new participants every day. These forums are very active, with over 1,200 posts per day, and they provide a high level of free support to Joomla users. This support is given voluntarily by other community members. To get an idea of the types of questions answered in the forums, visit the [[jforum:428|General Questions]] forum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Support===&lt;br /&gt;
An important question when evaluating any software package is the quality of support available. In addition to the support forums, Joomla has a large community of skilled Web professionals and consulting organisations who use Joomla to create and maintain a wide variety of Web sites. Take a look at the [[jforum:177|Professional Services]] forum to get a view of this community. There are also a growing number of local Joomla [http://community.joomla.org/joomla-user-groups.html user groups].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Independent market studies===&lt;br /&gt;
A 2009 report by the independent consulting firm &#039;&#039;water &amp;amp; stone&#039;&#039; concluded that &amp;quot;Joomla is the Web’s most popular Open Source content management system&amp;quot;. [http://community.joomla.org/videos/marketing/osscmsreport2009r1.pdf Click here to read the complete report].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functional Evaluation==&lt;br /&gt;
As part of the evaluation process, you may want to understand in more depth exactly what Joomla! does and how you create a web site in Joomla! There are two aspects to evaluating Joomla!&#039;s functionality. The first is to understand the core functionality that ships with Joomla!. The second is to understand how extensions will be used in your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Joomla! Core Functionality===&lt;br /&gt;
When evaluating Joomla!, it is useful to understand its core functionality. If you are new to web development and CMS software, the [[Beginners|Absolute Beginner&#039;s Guide to Joomla!]] is a good place to start. You may also need some help with unfamiliar [[terminology]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are more experienced, then you might prefer to try out Joomla! using the [http://demo.joomla.org/ Joomla! Demo site]. Or you can download and install Joomla! on a local computer, along with the Joomla! sample website. Instructions for this are contained in the [http://help.joomla.org/ghop/feb2008/task048/joomla_15_quickstart.pdf Quickstart Guide]. (Note that, to install the sample data, just press the &amp;quot;Install Sample Data&amp;quot; button during step 6 of the installation wizard.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In either case, you can try out the &amp;quot;back end&amp;quot; administrator functions of Joomla! and see how you create menus, pages, articles, and other components of your web site. Everything you see in the sample web site is created with the core functionality of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Joomla! Extensions===&lt;br /&gt;
As discussed earlier, over 9,300 extensions are currently available for Joomla!, with more being added daily. Although sites can be built using only the Joomla! core software, it is likely that you will want to use extensions. Most Joomla! web sites of any size or complexity include a number of extensions, and the identification of the major extensions that you will use to provide important functionality should be part of your evaluation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Other Joomla! Customisation===&lt;br /&gt;
Extensions provide pre-packaged solutions that require no programming to use. Another way to extend Joomla! is to customise it. Joomla! is designed to be extended and customised in several different ways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of the web site -- the colours, graphics, typeface, and so on -- are controlled by the site&#039;s &amp;quot;[[template]]&amp;quot;. Joomla! comes with three built-in templates, and there are many templates available as pre-built extensions. If you are familiar with HTML and CSS, it is not difficult to build your own customised template. You can look at the [[Joomla!_1.5_Template_Tutorial|Template Tutorial]] to get an idea of how templates work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since Joomla! is open source, any part of the program can be customised as needed. In addition, Joomla! includes a feature called &amp;quot;Template Overrides&amp;quot; which allow you to create one or more small customised programs that override parts of the standard Joomla! program. These programs work with the Joomla! core programs, and using them does not require modifying any core files. [[How to override the output from the Joomla! core|Template overrides]] allow you to easily customise almost any part of the way in which Joomla! renders a page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Technical Evaluation==&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! is built using [http://www.php.net PHP] and [http://www.mysql.com MySQL], the most widely used web technologies anywhere. Joomla! is of course an open source project, as are PHP and MySQL. The technical design of Joomla! recognises that, although there are great benefits from using a pre-packaged CMS package to build a web site, each web site is different and there is no single approach that will work for everyone. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The solution is to make Joomla! as easy to extend as possible, while providing a rich and reliable core feature set. As discussed earlier, Joomla! can be extended in a number of ways, including with pre-built extensions, custom templates, custom template overrides, and by customising the core programs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Joomla Is it for me?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Installation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! user profiles]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>219jondn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Evaluators&amp;diff=66807</id>
		<title>Evaluators</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Evaluators&amp;diff=66807"/>
		<updated>2012-04-24T23:50:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;219jondn: /* Joomla! Extensions */ updated number of JED extensions&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{RightTOC}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk:Evaluators}}&lt;br /&gt;
How do you evaluate Joomla! to see if it will fit your requirements? There is no one answer to this question, but this section will provide some suggestions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==High-level evaluation==&lt;br /&gt;
There are several resources that can help you to get a high-level view of the overall capabilities of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Web sites running Joomla===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One way to evaluate a [[CMS]] package is to look at Web sites that run on it. It is impossible to say exactly how many Web sites run Joomla, but we do know that over 14 million copies of the software have been downloaded since March 2007. Joomla is the world&#039;s most popular full-featured Content Management System (CMS) and powers approximately 2.7% of the largest 1,000,000 Web sites in the world. [http://w3techs.com/technologies/overview/content_management/all]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla maintains [http://community.joomla.org/showcase/ The Joomla! Community Showcase] that allows you to look at a number of sites running on Joomla. Obviously, these only represent a tiny fraction of the total number of Joomla sites worldwide. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A simple [http://demo.joomla.org/1.5/ demonstration site] is available for viewing. This site contains a lot of useful information about Joomla features and its community. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are evaluating Joomla for a school, university, or non-profit organization, you might want to look at the [[jforum:265|Schools and Universities]] forum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And, of course, don&#039;t forget to include all of the Joomla.org sites as examples of what can be done with Joomla, since they of course are all run on our favourite CMS package.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Extensions===&lt;br /&gt;
An important feature of Joomla is the ease - by design - with which its core functionality can be increased by installing &amp;quot;[[Extensions]]&amp;quot;. This extensibility is a major strength of Joomla and a large and active third-party developer community have helped create over 6,000 extensions that are currently available, with more being added daily. Most, like Joomla, are Open Source, whilst the others are offered as commercial software. To get an idea of the variety of extensions available, visit the [http://extensions.joomla.org Joomla Extensions Directory](JED). It should also be noted that the JED does not include templates within its catalogue and there are many thousands of these available for free or commercially.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Community===&lt;br /&gt;
The developer community is just one part of a larger Joomla community. For example, there are over 425,000 active registered users on the various Joomla forums, with over 150 new participants every day. These forums are very active, with over 1,200 posts per day, and they provide a high level of free support to Joomla users. This support is given voluntarily by other community members. To get an idea of the types of questions answered in the forums, visit the [[jforum:428|General Questions]] forum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Support===&lt;br /&gt;
An important question when evaluating any software package is the quality of support available. In addition to the support forums, Joomla has a large community of skilled Web professionals and consulting organisations who use Joomla to create and maintain a wide variety of Web sites. Take a look at the [[jforum:177|Professional Services]] forum to get a view of this community. There are also a growing number of local Joomla [http://community.joomla.org/joomla-user-groups.html user groups].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Independent market studies===&lt;br /&gt;
A 2009 report by the independent consulting firm &#039;&#039;water &amp;amp; stone&#039;&#039; concluded that &amp;quot;Joomla is the Web’s most popular Open Source content management system&amp;quot;. [http://community.joomla.org/videos/marketing/osscmsreport2009r1.pdf Click here to read the complete report].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functional Evaluation==&lt;br /&gt;
As part of the evaluation process, you may want to understand in more depth exactly what Joomla! does and how you create a web site in Joomla! There are two aspects to evaluating Joomla!&#039;s functionality. The first is to understand the core functionality that ships with Joomla!. The second is to understand how extensions will be used in your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Joomla! Core Functionality===&lt;br /&gt;
When evaluating Joomla!, it is useful to understand its core functionality. If you are new to web development and CMS software, the [[Beginners|Absolute Beginner&#039;s Guide to Joomla!]] is a good place to start. You may also need some help with unfamiliar [[terminology]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are more experienced, then you might prefer to try out Joomla! using the [http://demo.joomla.org/ Joomla! Demo site]. Or you can download and install Joomla! on a local computer, along with the Joomla! sample website. Instructions for this are contained in the [http://help.joomla.org/ghop/feb2008/task048/joomla_15_quickstart.pdf Quickstart Guide]. (Note that, to install the sample data, just press the &amp;quot;Install Sample Data&amp;quot; button during step 6 of the installation wizard.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In either case, you can try out the &amp;quot;back end&amp;quot; administrator functions of Joomla! and see how you create menus, pages, articles, and other components of your web site. Everything you see in the sample web site is created with the core functionality of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Joomla! Extensions===&lt;br /&gt;
As discussed earlier, over 9,300 extensions are currently available for Joomla!, with more being added daily. Although sites can be built using only the Joomla! core software, it is likely that you will want to use extensions. Most Joomla! web sites of any size or complexity include a number of extensions, and the identification of the major extensions that you will use to provide important functionality should be part of your evaluation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Other Joomla! Customisation===&lt;br /&gt;
Extensions provide pre-packaged solutions that require no programming to use. Another way to extend Joomla! is to customise it. Joomla! is designed to be extended and customised in several different ways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of the web site -- the colours, graphics, typeface, and so on -- are controlled by the site&#039;s &amp;quot;[[template]]&amp;quot;. Joomla! comes with three built-in templates, and there are many templates available as pre-built extensions. If you are familiar with HTML and CSS, it is not difficult to build your own customised template. You can look at the [[Joomla!_1.5_Template_Tutorial|Template Tutorial]] to get an idea of how templates work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since Joomla! is open source, any part of the program can be customised as needed. In addition, Joomla! includes a feature called &amp;quot;Template Overrides&amp;quot; which allow you to create one or more small customised programs that override parts of the standard Joomla! program. These programs work with the Joomla! core programs, and using them does not require modifying any core files. Template overrides allow you to easily customise almost any part of the way in which Joomla! renders a page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Technical Evaluation==&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! is built using [http://www.php.net PHP] and [http://www.mysql.com MySQL], the most widely used web technologies anywhere. Joomla! is of course an open source project, as are PHP and MySQL. The technical design of Joomla! recognises that, although there are great benefits from using a pre-packaged CMS package to build a web site, each web site is different and there is no single approach that will work for everyone. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The solution is to make Joomla! as easy to extend as possible, while providing a rich and reliable core feature set. As discussed earlier, Joomla! can be extended in a number of ways, including with pre-built extensions, custom templates, custom template overrides, and by customising the core programs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Joomla Is it for me?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Installation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! user profiles]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>219jondn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help25:Content_Article_Manager_Edit&amp;diff=64073</id>
		<title>Help25:Content Article Manager Edit</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help25:Content_Article_Manager_Edit&amp;diff=64073"/>
		<updated>2011-12-27T21:10:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;219jondn: /* Heading Information */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==How to Access==&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Article:[New] page either by pressing the &#039;Add New Article&#039; button on the Control Panel or by clicking the &#039;New&#039; button on the Article Manager. You can access the Article:[Edit] page from the Article Manager either by clicking on an Article&#039;s Title or by clicking the Article&#039;s check box and then clicking the &#039;Edit&#039; button. Both screens have the same functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
This is the back-end screen where you can add and edit Articles. The same screen is used for adding a new Article and editing an existing Article. You can also select the Section and Category for an Article and indicate whether or not it is Published and if it is selected to appear on the Front Page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Article&#039;s content is edited using the default editor selected in the [[screen.users.edit.15|User Manager - New/Edit]]. The Joomla! default editor is called TinyMCE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A number of Parameters can be set for the Article. Metadata can also be entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:25-articleedit.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Heading Information==&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the heading information for the Article, as shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:25-article-edit-header.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Enter Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Alias}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Enter Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Enter Published}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Enter Front Page}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Enter Section}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the right side of the header area, information about the Article is displayed, as shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:article_edit_header2.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Reset button.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press this button to change the Hits to 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Article, Image, Page Break, Read More, and Toggle Editor Buttons==&lt;br /&gt;
Five buttons are located just below the edit window, as shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help25-content-article_manager-editor-buttons.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk25:toolbaricon|Image}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk25:toolbaricon|Page Break}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk25:toolbaricon|Read More}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk25:toolbaricon|Toggle Editor}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==TinyMCE editor==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk:TinyMCE}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==No editor==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk:No editor}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Parameters - Article==&lt;br /&gt;
This section allows you to enter parameters for this Article, as shown below: [[Image:article_parameters_article.png|center]] These entries are optional. Joomla! automatically creates default entries for these values.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Enter Author}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Author Alias}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Access Level}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Created Date}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Start Publishing}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Finish Publishing}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Parameters - Advanced==&lt;br /&gt;
This section allows you to enter additional parameters for this Article, as shown below:[[Image:article_parameters_advanced.png|center]]These parameters allow you to override the parameters set in the Parameter/Global Configuration setup in the [[screen.content.15|Article Manager]] and the Parmeters - Component settings in the [[screen.menus.15|Menu Item Manager]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A value of &#039;Use Global&#039; means that either the setting from the Menu Item or the setting from the Global Configuration will control the action. A setting other than &#039;Use Global&#039; will always control the action and override settings from these other areas. The setting here takes top priority. The setting in the Menu Item is second priority. The setting in the Global Configuration controls if both of the other setting are set to &#039;Use Global&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Show Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Intro Text}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Section Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Section Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Category Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Category Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Article Rating}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Author Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Created Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Modified Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|PDF Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Print Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|E-mail Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Content Language}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Key Reference}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Alternative Read More: Text}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Metadata Information==&lt;br /&gt;
This section allows you to enter Metadata Information for this Article. Metadata is information about the Article that is not displayed but is available to Search Engines and other systems to classify the Article. This gives you more control over how the content will be analyzed by these programs. All of these entries are optional. The entry screen is shown below:[[Image:article_metadata.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Metadata Description}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Metadata Keywords}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Metadata Robots}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Metadata Author}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the toolbar:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help25-Toolbar-Save-SaveClose-SaveNew-Cancel-Help.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk25:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save|article}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk25:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose|article}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk25:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndNew|article}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk25:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk25:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
* The hierarchy of display parameters is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
*# &#039;&#039;Parameters - Advanced&#039;&#039; for the specific Article. A setting other than &#039;Use Global&#039; here always controls the setting.&lt;br /&gt;
*# &#039;&#039;Parameters - Component&#039;&#039; for the Menu Item. If the Parameters - Advanced above is &#039;Use Global&#039; and this setting is not &#039;Use Global&#039;, then this controls the setting.&lt;br /&gt;
*# &#039;&#039;Global Configuration&#039;&#039; settings in the Article Manager/Parameters section. Settings here only apply if both of the above are set to &#039;Use Global&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
:Example: The &#039;Title Linkable&#039; setting in the Article&#039;s &#039;Parameters - Advanced&#039; section is set to &#039;Use Global&#039;. The Menu Item is an Article Layout, and &#039;Title Linkable&#039; in the &#039;Parameters - Component&#039; is &#039;No&#039;. The Global Configuration &#039;Title Linkable&#039; is set to &#039;Yes&#039;. The result will be &#039;Yes&#039;, since the Menu Item overrides the Global Configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add images using either the TinyMCE Insert/Edit Image icon or the Image button below the edit area. For adding new images in an Article, it is easier to use the Image button (below the edit area). This is because it lets you browse to the image file and also lets you upload images. However, for editing an existing image, you need to use the TinyMCE icon. The Image button only supports adding new images.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;Read more...&#039; breaks allow you to save space on the Front Page or on any blog layout page by showing just the first portion of an Article. &#039;Pagebreaks&#039; allow you to provide multi-page navigation for long Articles. You can use both on one Article, if desired. For example, you could put a &#039;Read more...&#039; break after the first paragraph of a multi-page article, and have Pagebreaks after each page. No page navigation would display on the Front Page until the User selects the &#039;Read more...&#039; link. At that time, the Article&#039;s table of contents would display showing links to every page.&lt;br /&gt;
* You can insert a Joomla! Module inside an Article by typing &amp;quot;{loadposition xxx}&amp;quot;, where &amp;quot;xxx&amp;quot; is the position entered for the desired Module. Note that the position name must not conflict with a position used by your Joomla! template. It can be any name (e.g., &amp;quot;mymoduleposition1&amp;quot;) as long as it matches the position name typed in for the Module. The Menu Assignment for the Module must include the Menu Item where the Article is displayed, and the Plugin called &amp;quot;Content - Load Module&amp;quot; must be enabled (which it is by default). This feature allows you, for example, to insert a Custom HTML Module anywhere in an Article. See [[screen.modules.edit.15|Module Manager - New/Edit]] for information about adding modules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To find and edit existing Articles: [[Help25:Content_Article_Manager|Article Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* For help on using TinyMCE and other editors: [[Content editors|Content editors]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|2.5|Article Manager|Content}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>219jondn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help25:Content_Article_Manager_Edit&amp;diff=64072</id>
		<title>Help25:Content Article Manager Edit</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help25:Content_Article_Manager_Edit&amp;diff=64072"/>
		<updated>2011-12-27T21:08:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;219jondn: /* Heading Information */ updated article editing header for 2.5&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==How to Access==&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Article:[New] page either by pressing the &#039;Add New Article&#039; button on the Control Panel or by clicking the &#039;New&#039; button on the Article Manager. You can access the Article:[Edit] page from the Article Manager either by clicking on an Article&#039;s Title or by clicking the Article&#039;s check box and then clicking the &#039;Edit&#039; button. Both screens have the same functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
This is the back-end screen where you can add and edit Articles. The same screen is used for adding a new Article and editing an existing Article. You can also select the Section and Category for an Article and indicate whether or not it is Published and if it is selected to appear on the Front Page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Article&#039;s content is edited using the default editor selected in the [[screen.users.edit.15|User Manager - New/Edit]]. The Joomla! default editor is called TinyMCE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A number of Parameters can be set for the Article. Metadata can also be entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:25-articleedit.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Heading Information==&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the heading information for the Article, as shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:25-article-edit-header.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Enter Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Enter Published}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Alias}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Enter Front Page}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Enter Section}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Enter Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the right side of the header area, information about the Article is displayed, as shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:article_edit_header2.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Reset button.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press this button to change the Hits to 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Article, Image, Page Break, Read More, and Toggle Editor Buttons==&lt;br /&gt;
Five buttons are located just below the edit window, as shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help25-content-article_manager-editor-buttons.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk25:toolbaricon|Image}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk25:toolbaricon|Page Break}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk25:toolbaricon|Read More}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk25:toolbaricon|Toggle Editor}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==TinyMCE editor==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk:TinyMCE}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==No editor==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk:No editor}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Parameters - Article==&lt;br /&gt;
This section allows you to enter parameters for this Article, as shown below: [[Image:article_parameters_article.png|center]] These entries are optional. Joomla! automatically creates default entries for these values.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Enter Author}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Author Alias}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Access Level}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Created Date}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Start Publishing}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Finish Publishing}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Parameters - Advanced==&lt;br /&gt;
This section allows you to enter additional parameters for this Article, as shown below:[[Image:article_parameters_advanced.png|center]]These parameters allow you to override the parameters set in the Parameter/Global Configuration setup in the [[screen.content.15|Article Manager]] and the Parmeters - Component settings in the [[screen.menus.15|Menu Item Manager]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A value of &#039;Use Global&#039; means that either the setting from the Menu Item or the setting from the Global Configuration will control the action. A setting other than &#039;Use Global&#039; will always control the action and override settings from these other areas. The setting here takes top priority. The setting in the Menu Item is second priority. The setting in the Global Configuration controls if both of the other setting are set to &#039;Use Global&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Show Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Intro Text}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Section Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Section Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Category Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Category Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Article Rating}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Author Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Created Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Modified Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|PDF Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Print Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|E-mail Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Content Language}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Key Reference}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Alternative Read More: Text}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Metadata Information==&lt;br /&gt;
This section allows you to enter Metadata Information for this Article. Metadata is information about the Article that is not displayed but is available to Search Engines and other systems to classify the Article. This gives you more control over how the content will be analyzed by these programs. All of these entries are optional. The entry screen is shown below:[[Image:article_metadata.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Metadata Description}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Metadata Keywords}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Metadata Robots}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Metadata Author}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the toolbar:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help25-Toolbar-Save-SaveClose-SaveNew-Cancel-Help.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk25:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save|article}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk25:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose|article}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk25:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndNew|article}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk25:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk25:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
* The hierarchy of display parameters is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
*# &#039;&#039;Parameters - Advanced&#039;&#039; for the specific Article. A setting other than &#039;Use Global&#039; here always controls the setting.&lt;br /&gt;
*# &#039;&#039;Parameters - Component&#039;&#039; for the Menu Item. If the Parameters - Advanced above is &#039;Use Global&#039; and this setting is not &#039;Use Global&#039;, then this controls the setting.&lt;br /&gt;
*# &#039;&#039;Global Configuration&#039;&#039; settings in the Article Manager/Parameters section. Settings here only apply if both of the above are set to &#039;Use Global&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
:Example: The &#039;Title Linkable&#039; setting in the Article&#039;s &#039;Parameters - Advanced&#039; section is set to &#039;Use Global&#039;. The Menu Item is an Article Layout, and &#039;Title Linkable&#039; in the &#039;Parameters - Component&#039; is &#039;No&#039;. The Global Configuration &#039;Title Linkable&#039; is set to &#039;Yes&#039;. The result will be &#039;Yes&#039;, since the Menu Item overrides the Global Configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add images using either the TinyMCE Insert/Edit Image icon or the Image button below the edit area. For adding new images in an Article, it is easier to use the Image button (below the edit area). This is because it lets you browse to the image file and also lets you upload images. However, for editing an existing image, you need to use the TinyMCE icon. The Image button only supports adding new images.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;Read more...&#039; breaks allow you to save space on the Front Page or on any blog layout page by showing just the first portion of an Article. &#039;Pagebreaks&#039; allow you to provide multi-page navigation for long Articles. You can use both on one Article, if desired. For example, you could put a &#039;Read more...&#039; break after the first paragraph of a multi-page article, and have Pagebreaks after each page. No page navigation would display on the Front Page until the User selects the &#039;Read more...&#039; link. At that time, the Article&#039;s table of contents would display showing links to every page.&lt;br /&gt;
* You can insert a Joomla! Module inside an Article by typing &amp;quot;{loadposition xxx}&amp;quot;, where &amp;quot;xxx&amp;quot; is the position entered for the desired Module. Note that the position name must not conflict with a position used by your Joomla! template. It can be any name (e.g., &amp;quot;mymoduleposition1&amp;quot;) as long as it matches the position name typed in for the Module. The Menu Assignment for the Module must include the Menu Item where the Article is displayed, and the Plugin called &amp;quot;Content - Load Module&amp;quot; must be enabled (which it is by default). This feature allows you, for example, to insert a Custom HTML Module anywhere in an Article. See [[screen.modules.edit.15|Module Manager - New/Edit]] for information about adding modules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To find and edit existing Articles: [[Help25:Content_Article_Manager|Article Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* For help on using TinyMCE and other editors: [[Content editors|Content editors]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|2.5|Article Manager|Content}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>219jondn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=File:25-article-edit-header.png&amp;diff=64071</id>
		<title>File:25-article-edit-header.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=File:25-article-edit-header.png&amp;diff=64071"/>
		<updated>2011-12-27T21:07:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;219jondn: article header information for Joomla! 2.5&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
article header information for Joomla! 2.5&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{GFDL}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>219jondn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help25:Content_Article_Manager_Edit&amp;diff=64070</id>
		<title>Help25:Content Article Manager Edit</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help25:Content_Article_Manager_Edit&amp;diff=64070"/>
		<updated>2011-12-27T21:04:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;219jondn: /* Description */ updated article edit screen for Joomla! 2.5&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==How to Access==&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Article:[New] page either by pressing the &#039;Add New Article&#039; button on the Control Panel or by clicking the &#039;New&#039; button on the Article Manager. You can access the Article:[Edit] page from the Article Manager either by clicking on an Article&#039;s Title or by clicking the Article&#039;s check box and then clicking the &#039;Edit&#039; button. Both screens have the same functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
This is the back-end screen where you can add and edit Articles. The same screen is used for adding a new Article and editing an existing Article. You can also select the Section and Category for an Article and indicate whether or not it is Published and if it is selected to appear on the Front Page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Article&#039;s content is edited using the default editor selected in the [[screen.users.edit.15|User Manager - New/Edit]]. The Joomla! default editor is called TinyMCE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A number of Parameters can be set for the Article. Metadata can also be entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:25-articleedit.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Heading Information==&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the heading information for the Article, as shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:article_edit_header1.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Enter Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Enter Published}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Alias}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Enter Front Page}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Enter Section}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Enter Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the right side of the header area, information about the Article is displayed, as shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:article_edit_header2.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Reset button.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press this button to change the Hits to 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Article, Image, Page Break, Read More, and Toggle Editor Buttons==&lt;br /&gt;
Five buttons are located just below the edit window, as shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help25-content-article_manager-editor-buttons.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk25:toolbaricon|Image}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk25:toolbaricon|Page Break}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk25:toolbaricon|Read More}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk25:toolbaricon|Toggle Editor}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==TinyMCE editor==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk:TinyMCE}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==No editor==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk:No editor}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Parameters - Article==&lt;br /&gt;
This section allows you to enter parameters for this Article, as shown below: [[Image:article_parameters_article.png|center]] These entries are optional. Joomla! automatically creates default entries for these values.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Enter Author}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Author Alias}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Access Level}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Created Date}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Start Publishing}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Finish Publishing}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Parameters - Advanced==&lt;br /&gt;
This section allows you to enter additional parameters for this Article, as shown below:[[Image:article_parameters_advanced.png|center]]These parameters allow you to override the parameters set in the Parameter/Global Configuration setup in the [[screen.content.15|Article Manager]] and the Parmeters - Component settings in the [[screen.menus.15|Menu Item Manager]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A value of &#039;Use Global&#039; means that either the setting from the Menu Item or the setting from the Global Configuration will control the action. A setting other than &#039;Use Global&#039; will always control the action and override settings from these other areas. The setting here takes top priority. The setting in the Menu Item is second priority. The setting in the Global Configuration controls if both of the other setting are set to &#039;Use Global&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Show Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Intro Text}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Section Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Section Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Category Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Category Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Article Rating}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Author Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Created Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Modified Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|PDF Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Print Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|E-mail Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Content Language}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Key Reference}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Alternative Read More: Text}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Metadata Information==&lt;br /&gt;
This section allows you to enter Metadata Information for this Article. Metadata is information about the Article that is not displayed but is available to Search Engines and other systems to classify the Article. This gives you more control over how the content will be analyzed by these programs. All of these entries are optional. The entry screen is shown below:[[Image:article_metadata.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Metadata Description}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Metadata Keywords}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Metadata Robots}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Metadata Author}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the toolbar:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help25-Toolbar-Save-SaveClose-SaveNew-Cancel-Help.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk25:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save|article}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk25:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose|article}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk25:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndNew|article}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk25:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk25:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
* The hierarchy of display parameters is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
*# &#039;&#039;Parameters - Advanced&#039;&#039; for the specific Article. A setting other than &#039;Use Global&#039; here always controls the setting.&lt;br /&gt;
*# &#039;&#039;Parameters - Component&#039;&#039; for the Menu Item. If the Parameters - Advanced above is &#039;Use Global&#039; and this setting is not &#039;Use Global&#039;, then this controls the setting.&lt;br /&gt;
*# &#039;&#039;Global Configuration&#039;&#039; settings in the Article Manager/Parameters section. Settings here only apply if both of the above are set to &#039;Use Global&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
:Example: The &#039;Title Linkable&#039; setting in the Article&#039;s &#039;Parameters - Advanced&#039; section is set to &#039;Use Global&#039;. The Menu Item is an Article Layout, and &#039;Title Linkable&#039; in the &#039;Parameters - Component&#039; is &#039;No&#039;. The Global Configuration &#039;Title Linkable&#039; is set to &#039;Yes&#039;. The result will be &#039;Yes&#039;, since the Menu Item overrides the Global Configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add images using either the TinyMCE Insert/Edit Image icon or the Image button below the edit area. For adding new images in an Article, it is easier to use the Image button (below the edit area). This is because it lets you browse to the image file and also lets you upload images. However, for editing an existing image, you need to use the TinyMCE icon. The Image button only supports adding new images.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;Read more...&#039; breaks allow you to save space on the Front Page or on any blog layout page by showing just the first portion of an Article. &#039;Pagebreaks&#039; allow you to provide multi-page navigation for long Articles. You can use both on one Article, if desired. For example, you could put a &#039;Read more...&#039; break after the first paragraph of a multi-page article, and have Pagebreaks after each page. No page navigation would display on the Front Page until the User selects the &#039;Read more...&#039; link. At that time, the Article&#039;s table of contents would display showing links to every page.&lt;br /&gt;
* You can insert a Joomla! Module inside an Article by typing &amp;quot;{loadposition xxx}&amp;quot;, where &amp;quot;xxx&amp;quot; is the position entered for the desired Module. Note that the position name must not conflict with a position used by your Joomla! template. It can be any name (e.g., &amp;quot;mymoduleposition1&amp;quot;) as long as it matches the position name typed in for the Module. The Menu Assignment for the Module must include the Menu Item where the Article is displayed, and the Plugin called &amp;quot;Content - Load Module&amp;quot; must be enabled (which it is by default). This feature allows you, for example, to insert a Custom HTML Module anywhere in an Article. See [[screen.modules.edit.15|Module Manager - New/Edit]] for information about adding modules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To find and edit existing Articles: [[Help25:Content_Article_Manager|Article Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* For help on using TinyMCE and other editors: [[Content editors|Content editors]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|2.5|Article Manager|Content}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>219jondn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=File:Help25-Content-Article-Manager-Edit-screen.png&amp;diff=64069</id>
		<title>File:Help25-Content-Article-Manager-Edit-screen.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=File:Help25-Content-Article-Manager-Edit-screen.png&amp;diff=64069"/>
		<updated>2011-12-27T21:04:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;219jondn: Article Editing screen for Joomla! 2.5&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
Article Editing screen for Joomla! 2.5&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{GFDL}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>219jondn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help25:Content_Article_Manager_Edit&amp;diff=64068</id>
		<title>Help25:Content Article Manager Edit</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help25:Content_Article_Manager_Edit&amp;diff=64068"/>
		<updated>2011-12-27T20:59:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;219jondn: /* Screenshot */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==How to Access==&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Article:[New] page either by pressing the &#039;Add New Article&#039; button on the Control Panel or by clicking the &#039;New&#039; button on the Article Manager. You can access the Article:[Edit] page from the Article Manager either by clicking on an Article&#039;s Title or by clicking the Article&#039;s check box and then clicking the &#039;Edit&#039; button. Both screens have the same functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
This is the back-end screen where you can add and edit Articles. The same screen is used for adding a new Article and editing an existing Article. You can also select the Section and Category for an Article and indicate whether or not it is Published and if it is selected to appear on the Front Page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Article&#039;s content is edited using the default editor selected in the [[screen.users.edit.15|User Manager - New/Edit]]. The Joomla! default editor is called TinyMCE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A number of Parameters can be set for the Article. Metadata can also be entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:article_edit.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Heading Information==&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the heading information for the Article, as shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:article_edit_header1.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Enter Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Enter Published}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Alias}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Enter Front Page}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Enter Section}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Enter Category}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the right side of the header area, information about the Article is displayed, as shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:article_edit_header2.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Reset button.&#039;&#039;&#039; Press this button to change the Hits to 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Article, Image, Page Break, Read More, and Toggle Editor Buttons==&lt;br /&gt;
Five buttons are located just below the edit window, as shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help25-content-article_manager-editor-buttons.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk25:toolbaricon|Image}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk25:toolbaricon|Page Break}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk25:toolbaricon|Read More}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk25:toolbaricon|Toggle Editor}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==TinyMCE editor==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk:TinyMCE}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==No editor==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk:No editor}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Parameters - Article==&lt;br /&gt;
This section allows you to enter parameters for this Article, as shown below: [[Image:article_parameters_article.png|center]] These entries are optional. Joomla! automatically creates default entries for these values.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Enter Author}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Author Alias}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Access Level}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Created Date}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Start Publishing}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Finish Publishing}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Parameters - Advanced==&lt;br /&gt;
This section allows you to enter additional parameters for this Article, as shown below:[[Image:article_parameters_advanced.png|center]]These parameters allow you to override the parameters set in the Parameter/Global Configuration setup in the [[screen.content.15|Article Manager]] and the Parmeters - Component settings in the [[screen.menus.15|Menu Item Manager]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A value of &#039;Use Global&#039; means that either the setting from the Menu Item or the setting from the Global Configuration will control the action. A setting other than &#039;Use Global&#039; will always control the action and override settings from these other areas. The setting here takes top priority. The setting in the Menu Item is second priority. The setting in the Global Configuration controls if both of the other setting are set to &#039;Use Global&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Show Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Intro Text}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Section Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Section Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Category Title}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Category Title Linkable}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Article Rating}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Author Name}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Created Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Modified Date and Time}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|PDF Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Print Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|E-mail Icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Content Language}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Key Reference}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Alternative Read More: Text}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Metadata Information==&lt;br /&gt;
This section allows you to enter Metadata Information for this Article. Metadata is information about the Article that is not displayed but is available to Search Engines and other systems to classify the Article. This gives you more control over how the content will be analyzed by these programs. All of these entries are optional. The entry screen is shown below:[[Image:article_metadata.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Metadata Description}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Metadata Keywords}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Metadata Robots}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Metadata Author}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the toolbar:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help25-Toolbar-Save-SaveClose-SaveNew-Cancel-Help.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk25:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save|article}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk25:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose|article}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk25:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndNew|article}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk25:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk25:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
* The hierarchy of display parameters is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
*# &#039;&#039;Parameters - Advanced&#039;&#039; for the specific Article. A setting other than &#039;Use Global&#039; here always controls the setting.&lt;br /&gt;
*# &#039;&#039;Parameters - Component&#039;&#039; for the Menu Item. If the Parameters - Advanced above is &#039;Use Global&#039; and this setting is not &#039;Use Global&#039;, then this controls the setting.&lt;br /&gt;
*# &#039;&#039;Global Configuration&#039;&#039; settings in the Article Manager/Parameters section. Settings here only apply if both of the above are set to &#039;Use Global&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
:Example: The &#039;Title Linkable&#039; setting in the Article&#039;s &#039;Parameters - Advanced&#039; section is set to &#039;Use Global&#039;. The Menu Item is an Article Layout, and &#039;Title Linkable&#039; in the &#039;Parameters - Component&#039; is &#039;No&#039;. The Global Configuration &#039;Title Linkable&#039; is set to &#039;Yes&#039;. The result will be &#039;Yes&#039;, since the Menu Item overrides the Global Configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
* You can add images using either the TinyMCE Insert/Edit Image icon or the Image button below the edit area. For adding new images in an Article, it is easier to use the Image button (below the edit area). This is because it lets you browse to the image file and also lets you upload images. However, for editing an existing image, you need to use the TinyMCE icon. The Image button only supports adding new images.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;Read more...&#039; breaks allow you to save space on the Front Page or on any blog layout page by showing just the first portion of an Article. &#039;Pagebreaks&#039; allow you to provide multi-page navigation for long Articles. You can use both on one Article, if desired. For example, you could put a &#039;Read more...&#039; break after the first paragraph of a multi-page article, and have Pagebreaks after each page. No page navigation would display on the Front Page until the User selects the &#039;Read more...&#039; link. At that time, the Article&#039;s table of contents would display showing links to every page.&lt;br /&gt;
* You can insert a Joomla! Module inside an Article by typing &amp;quot;{loadposition xxx}&amp;quot;, where &amp;quot;xxx&amp;quot; is the position entered for the desired Module. Note that the position name must not conflict with a position used by your Joomla! template. It can be any name (e.g., &amp;quot;mymoduleposition1&amp;quot;) as long as it matches the position name typed in for the Module. The Menu Assignment for the Module must include the Menu Item where the Article is displayed, and the Plugin called &amp;quot;Content - Load Module&amp;quot; must be enabled (which it is by default). This feature allows you, for example, to insert a Custom HTML Module anywhere in an Article. See [[screen.modules.edit.15|Module Manager - New/Edit]] for information about adding modules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To find and edit existing Articles: [[Help25:Content_Article_Manager|Article Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* For help on using TinyMCE and other editors: [[Content editors|Content editors]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|2.5|Article Manager|Content}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>219jondn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Pizza_Bugs_and_Fun_2011&amp;diff=63118</id>
		<title>Pizza Bugs and Fun 2011</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Pizza_Bugs_and_Fun_2011&amp;diff=63118"/>
		<updated>2011-11-22T23:46:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;219jondn: added Charlotte JUG to event list&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Bug Squad]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Development]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:pbf.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{RightTOC}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We are announcing a Joomla! Pizza Bug and Fun 2011 event scheduled for Saturday, December 10, 2011. The event is global for virtual participants with local venues where ever they are organized. The official start time is 9am in each time zone. Help us prepare Joomla! 2.5 for release early in January 2012!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This wiki will be used as the central resource for coordinating efforts and accumulating results from this event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Goals ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Bugs&#039;&#039;&#039; : We will be working through the [http://joomlacode.org/gf/project/joomla/tracker/?action=TrackerItemBrowse&amp;amp;tracker_id=8103 CMS Issue Tracker] where there are trackers needing patches and/or testing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Features&#039;&#039;&#039; : There are features that need some coding and/or testing before they will be ready for 2.5. Finder and the multi-database are two such features. The [http://joomlacode.org/gf/project/joomla/tracker/?action=TrackerItemBrowse&amp;amp;tracker_id=8549 CMS Feature Tracker] has trackers of testing and coding that needs to be done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Documentation&#039;&#039;&#039; : We still have documentation that needs to be done. If you want to help out writing documentation, you&#039;re also more than welcome.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Organization, logistics and communications ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More information will be available here shortly. The main contact is Andy Tarr at andrea.tarr@joomla.org.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Locations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to get people together and have a venue to share, please add it below. Share as much as possible details like exact location, url for more information about the venue, ways to register, date and time the venue is available etc. If you have any questions regarding this, feel free to contact Andy Tarr (andrea.tarr@joomla.org).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Europe ===&lt;br /&gt;
 Lancaster UK&lt;br /&gt;
 Hosted by Dean Marshall Consultancy Ltd&lt;br /&gt;
 CityLab, Dalton Square, Lancaster, Lancashire, LA1 1PP&lt;br /&gt;
 Tel: 01524 63492  or use our [http://www.deanmarshall.co.uk/contact-us.html | Online contact form]&lt;br /&gt;
 More details to follow.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== North America ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 New England JUG&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Austin, TX&lt;br /&gt;
 HubAustin&lt;br /&gt;
 4930 S. Congress Ave, Ste 307&lt;br /&gt;
 Austin, TX 78745&lt;br /&gt;
 http://www.meetup.com/joomlaaustin/events/41979952/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Washington, DC&lt;br /&gt;
 PICnet&lt;br /&gt;
 1605 Connecticut Ave, NW 3FL&lt;br /&gt;
 Washington, DC 20009&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Charlotte, NC&lt;br /&gt;
 [http://joomlacharlotte.org/index.php/events/pizza-bugs-fun-2011 Charlotte Joomla! User Group]&lt;br /&gt;
 Meetup Information posted shortly on event page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== South America ===&lt;br /&gt;
 No venue registered&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Asia/Pacific ===&lt;br /&gt;
 No venue registered&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Africa ===&lt;br /&gt;
 No venue registered&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Middle East ===&lt;br /&gt;
 Tel Aviv, Israel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Virtual===&lt;br /&gt;
====Skype Chat====&lt;br /&gt;
We will be setting up a Skype chat for all attendees of the PBF. Skype is invitation only. To get an invitation, email your Skype name to Andy Tarr (andrea.tarr@joomla.org). This chat will be open by the end of November. To make sure you can get in, get your invitation and log in before the day of the PBF.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you don&#039;t already have Skype, you can download it for free from [http://skype.com Skype].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Registration ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== For write access to this wiki ===&lt;br /&gt;
To get write access to this wiki you will need to [[Special:Userlogin|register here first]]. Please be aware that the registration process requires a valid email address. This is the same login for updating Joomla documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== At a physical location ===&lt;br /&gt;
If you wish to be present at one of the physical locations listed above then you must register in advance because space most likely is limited.  Registrations are the responsibility of the individual location organizers and you should click on the appropriate link above for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Taking bugs, tasks and pizza ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please check the [http://docs.joomla.org/Pizza_Bugs_and_Fun_2011#Organization.2C_logistics_and_communications Organization, logistics and communications section] for detail on how to get involved in working on tasks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Requirements==&lt;br /&gt;
* All code must be made available under the [http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-2.0.html General Public Licence version 2].&lt;br /&gt;
* All documentation contributions must be made available under the [[JEDL|Joomla! Electronic Documentation License]]. Further information on the JEDL is available in the [[JEDL/FAQ|JEDL Frequently Asked Questions]]&lt;br /&gt;
* No advertising or self-promotion will be allowed.  This includes back links to your website or anyone else&#039;s.  The one exception is that if you have made a contribution then feel free to add your name and an optional link to your website to the [[Pizza Bugs and Fun 2011/Contributors List|Contributors List]]&lt;br /&gt;
* All contributions must be in English.  Note that the official language of the Joomla! project is British English.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>219jondn</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Archived:Installing_Joomla&amp;diff=61808</id>
		<title>Archived:Installing Joomla</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Archived:Installing_Joomla&amp;diff=61808"/>
		<updated>2011-09-06T11:46:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;219jondn: removed reference to database tutorial, couldn&amp;#039;t find a tutorial to link to :)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{JVer|1.7}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
﻿Installing Joomla! 1.7 for the first time is very easy.  Joomla!’s built-in installer makes setting up your new site a breeze.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before we start installing Joomla! 1.7, there are a couple prerequisites that need to be met to install successfully:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Hosting - whether you have a dedicated server, or shared hosting plan, you’ll need some sort of web hosting that meets the following requirements:&lt;br /&gt;
**PHP v. 5.2+&lt;br /&gt;
**MySQL 5.04+&lt;br /&gt;
**Apache 1.3&lt;br /&gt;
*MySQL Database - you’ll need access to a MySQL database, as well as the following credentials.&lt;br /&gt;
**DB Name&lt;br /&gt;
**Host Name&lt;br /&gt;
**Username&lt;br /&gt;
**Password&lt;br /&gt;
*FTP Client - for transferring files to your server.  If you don’t already have an FTP client that you use, we recommend [http://filezilla-project.org/download.php?type=client Filezilla]&lt;br /&gt;
*Latest Release of Joomla! 1.7 - you can find that here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With these requirements met, and resources in place, we are ready to install Joomla!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To begin our installation, we’ll first need to move our Joomla! installation package to the server.  This can be accomplished by simply moving the downloaded package to your server, then unpacking it.  Or you can unpack the files on your local computer, then move the Joomla! installation over to your server.  Either way, the Joomla! installation needs to be unpacked in the root of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Caution - if you unpack the files on your own computer, then copy them to your server, be sure to only move the files contained INSIDE the Joomla! package.  If you transfer the Joomla! folder as well, your site will be accessed at yoursite.com/Joomla instead of yoursite.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the files moved over to your server, access the Joomla! installation, by simply accessing the domain or directory that the files were moved to (yoursite.com).  If all your files are moved correctly, you should see an installation page like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J17installscreen1.png|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From here, the Joomla! installer makes it very easy to install Joomla! 1.7  The first step is to select your language in the screen above, then press the &#039;Next&#039; button in the upper right corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next step runs a series of system and server checks to ensure that Joomla! will be able to install, and function correctly.  The top section of items should all be green and &#039;Yes&#039;.  If any are not (they&#039;ll be red and say &amp;quot;No&amp;quot;) then you will need to take action to correct them.  The bottom section of items are not required, but are recommended to ensure that Joomla! can operate smoothly.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J17installscreen2.png|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third step to installing Joomla! 1.7 is the license.  This is the software license agreement for Joomla! use, and simply requires you to press &#039;Next&#039; in the top right corner after reviewing.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J17installscreen5.png|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Fourth Step is configuring the database connection for Joomla!  Here you will need to enter the Hostname, User name, password, and database name for the MySQL database you have set up.  An additional option is to change the Table prefix.  This may be helpful for security purposes.  This will alter the names of all the Joomla! tables, by changing the prefix to whatever characters you put there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J17installscreen3.png|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step Five is the ftp configuration.  This is an optional step for most sites, and typically is not used.  If you would like to enable the ftp layer, simply add your ftp credentials to the options here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J17installscreen6.png|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step Six, and the last process to install Joomla!, is the site configuration!  Here you can add in a site Name, username, password, and email for the administrator, as well as install the Sample Content that can help with starting a new site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J17installscreen7.png|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With that done, Joomla! is now installed!  The last step needed is to remove the installation directory - and the Joomla! installer does this for you as well!  This needs removed for security reasons, to prevent anyone else from coming along and installing Joomla! again over your existing site.  To do this, simple click the &amp;quot;Remove Installation Directory&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:J17installscreen10.png|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 1.7]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>219jondn</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>